379

DIDYMODON (POTTIACEAE) IN MEXICO AND CALIFORNIA :

TAXONOMY AND NOMENCLATURE

OF DISCONTINUOUS AND NONDISCONTINUOUS ТАХА!

В.Н. ZANDER *

ABSTRACT. — Eight species of Didymodon (Pottiaceae, Bryopsida), including thirteen

varieties, are recognized for Mexico and California. New combinations include Didymodon

sect. Asteriscium (C. Muell.), D. rigidulus var. gracilis (Schleich. ex Hook. & Grev.), D. т. var.

icmadophila (Schimp. ех С. Muell.), D. г. var. subulatus (Thér. & Bartr, ex Bartr.), D. austra-

lasiae var. umbrosus (C. Muell.), D. vinealis var. brachyphyllus (Sull. in Whipple), D. v. var.

luridus (Hornsch. in Spreng), D. v. var. nicholsonii (Culm.) and D. v. var. rubiginosus

(Mitt.). Thirty-five taxa are new synonyms. Didymodon vinealis var. nicholsonii is reported

new to the New World. Unusually large concepts of certain taxa are presented, Whenever

the names of these taxa are used by future bryologists, these and narrower taxonomic

concepts of other authors should be clearly distinguished by indicating the concept «sensu»

or «emendavit» a particular author and publication as part of the citation of the scientific

name for precision in biological applications. An авупопупис method is used to provide

scientific names for nondiscontinuous infraspecific taxa. Certain problems in typification

of bryophytes are largely due to ease of making isotypes and of unmaking holotypes and

lectotypes by past (and future) division of type specimens consisting of more than one

gametophore.

The genus Didymodon Hedw. has long been a problem for bryologists be-

cause it is only poorly distinguished from Barbula Hedw. The species included

in Didymodon are also often difficult to distinguish from each other, both

because of apparent intra- and interspecific variation in morphology and because

laminal papillae obscure the areolation (a character important to the «look» of

a taxon under the microscope) in many species (one competent bryologist

jocularly refers to gametophores of desert species of Pottiaceae as «black dot»,

anon., pers. comm.). I have discussed the differences between Didymodon and

1. Lam grateful to the staff of the British Museum (Natural History), the Linnean Society

of London, and the Conservatoire et Jardin botaniques, Genève, for initial permission and

subsequent aid in study of the original collections of early botanists. Thanks are given го

the curators of the herbaria mentioned in the text for loan of specimens. Р.М. Eckel did

the illustrations. This study was partially supported by a grant from the American Philoso-

phical Society to the author.

* Clinton Herbarium, Buffalo Museum of Science, Buffalo, NY 14211, USA.

Cryptogamie, Bryol. Lichenol., 1981, 2, 4 : 379-422.

Source : MNHN, Paris

380 R.H. ZANDER

Barbula previously (ZANDER 1978a) and here attempt to render some solution

to the former problem by recognizing only relatively discontinuous taxa as

species (i.e. basic taxonomic units) and providing a nomenclatural system

for dealing with nondiscontinuous taxa, and the latter problem by urging the use

of Hoyers Solution (ANDERSON 1954) rather than water for mounting

specimens because it clarifies areolation.

The area of study is all of Mexico and the state of California in the U.S.A.

Major floristic studies of these areas are by CRUM (1951) for the former and

KOCH (1950) for the latter. Major regional taxonomic studies that include

treatments of many of the species discussed here are by GROUT (1928-1940),

STEERE (1938), BARTRAM (1949), LAWTON (1971) and FLOWERS (1973).

This study was done to provide input of a specialist for the proposed moss

floras of Mexico (ed. A.J. SHARP and H. CRUM, in prep.) and of California

(D. NORRIS, in prep. The sections labeled «Distribution» given with the

discussions of taxa below refer only to Mexico and California. The descriptions

are based on examined specimens from several herbaria :notably BM, BUF, FH,

MICH, NY, PC, SPA, TENN and US. Complete lists of specimens examined are

given for the few relatively rare taxa. The chromosome numbers cited are

taken from the literature.

Both SAITO (1975) and ZANDER (1978a) assert that peristomes in Didymo-

don are rather variable in length in some species. Such statements usually refer

only to the peristome of the deoperculate capsule. Although specimens with

short opercula have short peristomes, some specimens with long opercula have

long, but highly fragmented peristome teeth when observed in cleared operculate

capsules — these teeth would appear short when the operculum, together with

the distal peristome fragments, is removed. A morphological feature not pre-

viously seen in Didymodon is the presence of transverse slits in the medial

basal portion of the leaves on both sides of the costa of some specimens of D.

australasiae var. umbrosus. Such slits — resorption channels reaching across

several cells and perforating the leaf — have been previously noted in Kingio-

bryum paramicola Robins. (Dicranaceae) (ROBINSON 1967; ZANDER &

CLEEF, in prep.) and simply perforate basal cells have been described for a few

Pottiaceae species by PROCTOR (1979).

The systematic framework presented here is a model reflecting what are

thought to be natural relationships of taxa inferred from observations on a series

of specimens. There are no arbitrary limits given to the taxa so future workers

may easily test the model and perhaps better it. Some may question the possible

advantage of reducing to varietal status many names that have been in use at

the species level in Europe and North America. First, I affirm that the present

taxonomic scheme accurately reflects the inferred relationships of Didymodon

taxa in Mexico and California — there is no borrowing of European concepts.

Second, the concepts accepted are quite similar, albeit at different taxonomic

levels, to those in modern European identification manuals and may represent

parallel speciative relationships. Third, this exercise in «lumping» has demons-

trated what are surely real, biologically-based relationships between many pre-

Source - MNHN. Paris

DIDYMODON IN MEXICO AND CALIFORNIA 381

viously poorly understood taxa and have brought some order to Barbula sensu

lato of recent manuals.

Varieties of Didymodon species are here presented as intergrading in several

characters. It may be argued that closely related species might also be expected

to show this. However, there are no clear discontinuities between most varieties

in the species treated here and a major inference in this paper is that many

species normally consist of pairs (or trios, etc.) of intergrading variants usually

sympatric in a major portion of the species’ range and disjunctive as colligations.

Such varietal groups may be simply disparate in extreme form (e. g. D. australa-

siae varieties) or may form parallel gradients in plant size and morphology

(e. р. D. vinealis varieties).

There are three nomenclatural inadequacies of the International Code of

Botanical Nomanclature (STAFLEU et al. 1978) that have made this treatment

of Didymodon difficult in execution and needful of unusual solutions. First,

as most taxonomists are well aware, the 1.C,B.N. provides rules that are in-

tended to stabilize usage of names, not to provide different names for differing

concepts of individual taxa. This may become a problem in cases when taxono-

mists’ concepts of taxa differ widely although including the same types. Here,

several species are recognized as vastly larger concepts than are usually held.

This may be a source of some ill ease on the part of other bryologists who now

must determine if an annotation of one such species name on an herbarium

specimen is «sensu Zander (this paper)» or sensu earlier authors. Certainly,

unless this distinction is clear, bryologists who favor narrow species limits in

Didymodon will perceive a chaotic situation in the herbarium. This problem

is not just related to the size of the taxon recognized but also to the characters

by which taxa are recognized. For instance, from descriptions, Barbula icmado-

phila (treated here as Didymodon rigidulus var. icmadophila) sensu NYHOLM

(1956) is quite different from Barbula icmadophila sensu STEERE (1938) or

SAITO (1975). Also, various authors have emphasized rather different characters

in their circumscriptions of Didymodon rigidulus. But, for each of these con-

cepts, the type specimens and, therefore, the scientific name remains the same.

At the generic level, Barbula Hedw. sensu NYHOLM (1956) and Barbula Hedw.

sensu SAITO (1975) are rather different concepts although the generitype is the

same. One might also note that the name Mnium Hedw, is now inexact as far

as its significance to biology is concerned unless one designates whether it is

to be used in the sense of KOPONEN (1968) or of earlier (and some later)

authors. The same is true of Polytrichum Hedw. (sensu SMITH 1971, or of

earlier and some later authors). In fact, stable names for taxa in conceptually

changing taxonomic frameworks result in confusion unless differing concepts

are identified individually. There are no means for distinguishing between

different taxonomic concepts that have the same scientific name unless such

concepts are cited as «sensu» or «emendavit» (Article 47A, 1.С.В.М.) the author

responsible for the concept. ї

Second, implicit in the 1.С.В.М. is the assumption that all taxa are disconti-

nuous. Most taxonomists «follow the rules» and make the best of it, but HES-

Source : MNHN, Paris

382 В.Н. ZANDER

LOP-HARRISON (1960) has stated quite correctly that «clinal variation, but its

very nature, is untreatable by taxonomic methods which demand the recogni-

tion of «types»». Nondiscontinuous taxa, intergrading in morphological charac-

ters, are assigned scientific names on the present paper by an unusual method

that does not, however, contravene provisions of the 1.C.B.N. The usual revisio-

nary nomenclatural treatment is to divide all synonyms of the species s. lat.

among the infraspecific taxa recognized and then determine priority of publica-

tion of legitimate names in each set of synonyms to find the correct name of

each infraspecific taxon. Since such initial segregation of synonyms is impossible

or at least arbitrary for what are apparently nondiscontinuous taxa, the scientific

name for each such infraspecific taxon is here based on the earliest legitimate

name among all synonyms of the species s. lat. with a type specimen clearly

representative of (or «within») the nondiscontinuous infraspecific concept

recognized. Of course, such names are selected first from those at the taxonomic

level recognized, and the type of the typical variety (or other taxonomic catego-

ту) must be included among the correct names of the infraspecific taxa reco-

gnized. All other heterotypic names are then simply left as synonyms of the

species s. lat. Additional discussion, with examples, is given in the treatment of

Didymodon rigidulus below.

The intergrading infraspecific taxa recognized in this paper are somewhat

similar to HERZOG's (1907) «ldealtypen» of the collective species Trichosto-

mum mutabile Bruch (= Т. brachydontium Bruch in F.A, Muell.). He recogni-

zed four informal names for arbitrarily circumscribed intergrading variants along

à morphological cline from large to small stature plants (involving several charac-

ters) that paralleled a north to south cline in distribution of the species in Europe.

The taxonomic scheme used here would treat the variants of the same collective

species in a non-arbitrary fashion, recognizing the large and small ends of the

cline as biological phenomena worthy of names and using a monotypic method

of providing scientific names for them. Informal names as used by HERZOG

(1907) have never proved popular, and the 1.C.B.N. should be used if at all

possible in modern taxonomic studies to provide a bridge between alpha taxono-

mists and concept-oriented experimentalists and biosystematists. Also, for the

biologist, there is no shame and certainly much value in appending «aff.» (=

affinis) before an epithet in an identification on an herbarium label when in fact

the taxon, though often clearly marked, is definitely perceived by a revisionist to

be open-ended, intergrading with another taxon

Third, ISOVIITA's (1966) statement «...the section on typification in the

present Code allows excessive freedom of interpretation in many cases...» is

still true. The Guide for the Determination of Types is extraordinarily yague

and anyone’s attempt at lectotypification may be challenged by a later worker

with different opinions. Because types of bryophyte names may consist of many

plants (or gametophores), any designation of holotype or lectotype may be

obviated by the subsequent division of the plants in a packet, or by the disco-

very somewhere of an additional isotype not seen during previous lectotypifica-

tion(s). If, for example, three different bryologists have proposed three different

lectotypes for the same scientific name of a taxon, whom does one follow ? The

Source : ММНМ Paris

DIDYMODON IN MEXICO AND CALIFORNIA 383

one who is best called a «specialist» ? The one whose lectotypification was

most «scientific» ? The one who saw the most isotypes ? Although designation

of a single gametophore as lectotype might solve some problems, identification

necessarily involving dissection then becomes hazardous or inappropriate. It

may well be that lectotypification of very early scientific names that involve

many, scattered, poorly labeled isosyntypes may ultimately have to involve

conservation of type specimens, now not provided for in the LC.B.N. The

discussion of Didymodon vinealis var. luridus, below, gives examples of problems

in typification in part due to the ease of creating isotypes and of obviating

designations of holotypes and lectotypes by division of a type specimen of

more than one gametophore, or the discovery of such at a later date. A recent

review and discussion of problems in typification of early bryophyte names

is given by KOPONEN (1979), and VITT (1981) has typified the species of

Macrocoma (Orthotrichaceae) exhaustively in a modern fashion.

SYNOPSIS OF TAXA OF DIDYMODON IN MEXICO AND CALIFORNIA

Didymodon Hedw. sect. Didymodon

D. incrassatolimbatus Card.

D. rigidulus Hedw. emend. Zander

var. rigidulus

var. gracilis (Schleich. ex Hook. & Grev.) Zander

var. icmadophila (Schimp. ex C. Muell.) Zander

var. subulatus (Thér. & Bartr. ex Bartr.) Zander

Didymodon sect. Asteriscium (C. Muell.) Zander, comb. nov. *

D. australasiae (Hook. & Grev.) Zander emend. Zander

var. australasiae

var. umbrosus (C. Muell.) Zander

D. revolutus (Card.) Williams

Didymodon sect. Fallaces (De Not.) Zander

D. fallax Hedw.

var. reflexus (Brid.) Zander

D. michiganensis (Steere) Saito

D. tophaceus (Brid.) Lisa

Didymodon sect. Vineales (Steere) Zander

D. vinealis (Brid.) Zander emend. Zander

var. vinealis

var. brachyphyllus (Sull. in Whippl.) Zander

var. luridus (Hornsch. in Spreng.) Zander

var. nicholsonii (Culm.) Zander

var. rubiginosus (Mitt.) Zander

var. flaccidus (B.S.G.) Zander

* Barbula sect. Asteriscium C. Muell., Linnaea 42 : 342, 1879, basionym. — Asteriscium

(C. Muell) Hilp., Beih. Bot. Centralbl. 50 (2) : 618. 1935, hom. illeg. non Asteriscium

Cham. & Schlecht., 1826. — Didymodon sect. Craspedophyllon Card., Rev. Bryol. 36 : 81.

1909, syn. nov.

Source : MNHN. Paris

384 В.Н, ZANDER

Descriptions of sect. Didymodon, sect. Vineales and sect. Fallaces (as sect.

Graciles, synonym fide ZANDER 1979) are provided by ZANDER 19783.

Section Asteriscium is characterized by the leaves spreading to spreading-recur-

ved when moist, broadly channelled; leaf margins not decurrent, plane to broadly

recurved throughout; costa ending 1-6 cells below apex to short-excurrent,

often rather broad at midleaf, adaxial surface convex; upper laminal cells uni.

stratose to evenly or in patches bistratose along the leaf margins, papillae absent

to large, low, simple to bifid 1(-4) per cell lumen each side; adaxial surficial cells

of costa quadrate to elongate, adaxial stereid band absent, hydroid (Begleiter

cell) groups often present between guide cells and abaxial stereid band: stem

occasionally with hyalodermis.

DIDYMODON HEDW., Spec. Musc. : 104, 1801

Generitype : D. rigidulus Hedw.

Husnotiella Card., Rev. Bryol. 36 : 71. 1909. Type : D. revolutus Card.

Trichostomopsis Card., Rev. Bryol, 36 : 73. 1909. Type : T. crispifolia Card.

For additional synonymy sce SAITO (1975),

Plants forming cushions or turf, light to dark green or olive-green. Stems

mostly to 2(-6) cm long, central strand present, occasionally very strong, axillary

hairs usually with 1-2 brown basal cells, Leaves ovate to long-lanceolate or long-

triangular, ventrally usually broadly concave, occasionally somewhat channelled

along the costa above midleaf, margins entire or occasionally weakly dentate

or crenulate, plane to recurved or revolute, leaf apex rounded to narrowly

acute, leaf base weakly differentiated to oblong and half-sheathing the stem;

costa ending several cells below the leaf apex to long-excurrent, ад. and abaxial

surficial cells quadrate to elongate, smooth or occasionally papillose; costa in

transverse section ovate, semicircular or reniform, epidermal layers differentia-

ted, adaxial stereid band present, absent or represented by a layer of large-

lumened substereid cells, guide cells 2-4, hydroids (Begleiter cells) seldom

present, dorsal stereid band usually weak; upper laminal cells subquadrate to

rounded-angular, occasionally short-rectangular or rhomboidal, walls thin to

evenly or unevenly thickened, usually bulging surficially on both surfaces,

laminal papillae often absent, usually solid, simple to bifid, centered over the

lumens to apparently scattered; basal laminal cells not or weakly differentiated

to strongly differentiated, quadrate to rectangular, smooth to weakly papillose.

Propagula occasionally present, usually spherical to elliptical, of 1-10 cells.

Dioicous (some species possibly rhizautoicous). Gametoecia terminal, perigonia

gemmate; perichaetial leaves ovate to long-lanceolate, often enlarged, often

loosely sheathing the seta, laminal cells usually prosenchymatous to above mid-

leaf. Sporophyte seta elongate, twisted clockwise below, occasionally counter-

clockwise above; theca ovate to long-cylindrical; stomata at base of theca,

phaneropore; annulus of 1-3 rows of weakly to strongly vesiculose cells, not

deciduous; peristome rudimentary or short, occasionally long and twisted, of

Source - MNHN, Paris

DIDYMODON IN MEXICO AND CALIFORNIA 385

16 short teeth or 32 triangular to linear rami, usually densely spiculose, occasio-

nally spiral-striate or papillose, basal membrane absent or low; operculum

short- to long-conic or conic-rostrate. Calyptra cucullate, smooth. Laminal

color reactions (after clearing in concentrated lactic acid) : Cl (conc. НО) -

green + light to medium yellow-brown, occasionally light to medium orange-

brown, rarely deep yellow or orange: К (10% KOH) - usually light to medium

yellow-brown or light to deep red-brown or red-orange-brown, occasionally

light to deep red, orange or yellow-orange, or light brown; N (conc. НМОз) -

light yellow-brown or light to medium red-brown or red-orange-brown, осса-

sionally light brown or medium orange; SE (H3SO4-ethanol, 2:1) - green + deep

red or red-orange-brown, occasionally medium orange-brown,

KEY TO SPECIES OF DIDYMODON IN MEXICO AND CALIFORNIA

1. Leaves with elongate upper adaxial costal cells . ......,,.......... их

1. Leaves with quadrate (occasionally short-rectangular) upper adaxial costal

baten? e iere we calde ee MM. eor o Re A cu El 5.

2. Upper laminal cells short-rectangular, upper laminal margins bistratose . . .

EE A чир ечи D, australasiae (Hook. & Grev.) Zander, р.р

2. Upper laminal cells subquadrate to rhomboidal, upper laminal margins

Meet очна + poid tone. фа неко EA d

3. Hygrophyte; leaves ovate to longelliptica, apex obtuse to acute, basal mar-

gins usually broadly decurrent, costa ending before the apex to short-excur-

rent, upper laminal cells often short-rectangular to elongate-rhomboidal |...

a eg E olin, КОЛИ E D. tophaceus (Brid.) Lisa

3. Mesophyte; leaves short- to long-lanceolate, apex acute, basal margins short

and broadly decurrent to little decurrent, costa percurrent to short-excurrent,

upper laminal cells mostly ovate to subquadrate .

4. Leaves catenulate when dry, not keeled or recurved when moist, basal

margins strongly recurved, upper laminal cells in very distinctive longitu-

dinal rows, propagula often present. . . . D. michiganensis (Steere) К. Saito

4. Leaves appressed to weakly spreading when dry, usually recurved and

keeled when moist, basal margins weakly recurved, upper laminal cells

in weakly differentiated longitudinal rows, propagula absent . . ........

FRAC SOME ДРА aN . . . D. fallax (Hedw.) Zander

5. Median basal laminal cells strongly differentiated, thin-walled, hyaline, often

inflated or transversely elongate, costa often with hydroids (Begleiter cells),

and adaxial stereid band absent; leaf apex usually broadly acute and weakly

cucullate; stem often with hyalodermis; plants often black green . ........

Fa be уредена её + «+ D australasiae (Hook. & Grev.) Zander, р.р.

5. Median basal laminal cells (if differentiated from upper laminal cells) weakly

differentiated, with thim to evenly thickened walls, costa lacking hydroids

(except D. revolutus), adaxial stereid Band often present; leaf apex not or

little cucullate, stem lacking hyalodermis; plants olive to light green ... . . 6.

6. Leaves short-ovate, costa spurred, wide, to 8 adaxial epidermal costal

Source : MNHN, Paris

386 R.H. ZANDER

cells across at midleaf, margins strongly recurved to revolute to near apex;

propagula, when present, unicellular; peristome absent to rudimentary ...

EEE aca M lt Кб ORNE D. revolutus (Card.) Williams

6. Leaves ovate to long-lanceolate, costa not spurred, narrower, 2-6 adaxial

epidermal costal cells across at midleaf, margins plane or recurved below

or to above midleaf; propagula mostly multicellular; peristome rudimen-

tary to well-developed ........... PAS Ta Au А

7. Leaves usually yellowish-green at high magnification, usually narrowly chan-

nelled adaxially along costa near apex, costa evenly thick to apex, 5-6 adaxial

epidermal costal cells across at midleaf (in large plants at least), percurrent to

short-excurrent in a conical mucro, adaxial stereid band usually represented

by substereid cells, guide cells often in 2-3 layers, upper laminal cell walls

thin to evenly thickened, lumens subquadrate, papillae often present, bifid or

multiplex and flattened; propagula seldom present. .D. vinealis (Brid.) Zander

7. Leaves usually bluish-green at high magnification, plane to broadly channelled

adaxially near leaf apex; costa narrowing to apex, 2-4 adaxial epidermal

costal cells across at midleaf, percurrent to strongly excurrent as a cylindrical

mucro, adaxial stereid band absent or present, guide cells in one layer, upper

laminal cell walls thin to unevenly thickened, lumens subquadrate to oval

or many-sided, papillae when present usually simple, seldom bifid; propagula

Given РДЫ, НЕ ext УА E гы СЛ e 8.

8. Peristome of long-triangular, red-orange, spirally striate or finely spiculose

to low-papillose teeth; leaves long-triangular to ovate-lanceolate, gradually

narrowed above, laminal margins evenly bistratose from midleaf to apex,

upper laminal cells heterogeneous in size and shape ................

AA Oc ere lage D. incrassatolimbatus Card.

8. Peristome of long-linear (or occasionally ovate, rudimentary), yellow or

orange, densely and strongly spiculose teeth; leaves ovate-lanceolate to

narrowly lanceolate, usually acuminate, laminal margins unistratose or

bistratose near apex or in patches to midleaf, upper laminal cells homo-

geneous in size and shape .. D. rigidulus Hedw.

+ DIDYMODON INCRASSATOLIMBATUS CARD., Rev. Bryol. 36 : 81. 1909.

Type : Mexico, Distrito Federal, Cañada, Pringle 10588 (PC - lectotype: BM,

FH, NY - isotypes); Michoacán, Patzcuaro, Pringle 748 (FH, BM, PC - isosyn-

types).

Plants forming cushions, green, yellow-green or olive-gréen above, brown

to reddish-brown below. Stems with few branches, brown, to 1.0(-2.0) cm long,

rounded pentagonal in transverse section, central strand usually strong, cortical

cells smaller, with walls thin or slightly thickened or cortex little differentiated,

hyalodermis absent; axillary hairs of 3-5 uniseriate cells, basal cell brown. Leaves

when dry appressed to laxly spreading, when wet widely spreading 45-90",

ovatelanceolate to long-triangular, (1.5-)2.0-2.5 mm long, adaxial surface

Source : MNHN, Paris

DIDYMODON IN MEXICO AND CALIFORNIA 387

broadly and weakly convex; leaf margins recurved basally or to midleaf, entire,

2(-4)-stratose along upper margins and in patches in medial portion of lamina;

leaf apex acute; leaf base scarcely differentiated to short-ovate, margins not or

shortly decurrent; costa percurrent to short-excurrent, ad- and abaxial surficial

cells quadrate, in 5-6 rows adaxially at midleaf, transverse section of costa

flattened-semicircular, adaxial surface weakly concave to weakly convex, adaxial

stereid band weak or absent, ad- and abaxial epidermal cells differentiated in

one layer, lumens of abaxial epidermal cells oval, guide cells 2-4 in one layer,

hydroids absent; upper laminal cells hexagonal to subquadrate, occasionally

reniform, 6-8 um wide, 1:1, walls thin to evenly thickened, often wavy, super-

ficially bulging, not organized in a distinct pattern, heterogeneous in size and

shape; laminal papillae usually absent, occasionally weakly differentiated, low

lenses, 1(-2) per lumen per size; basal laminal cells differentiated medially,

rectangular to rhomboidal, to 15 ит wide, 2-4:1, walls thin, hyaline. Propagula

not seen. Apparently dioicous, perigonia not seen. Perichaetia terminal, inner

leaves ovate-lanceolate, 2.0-2.9 mm long, sheathing the seta below, prosenchy-

matous near base. Sporophyte seta 1(-2) per perichaetium, 0.9-1.0 mm long,

orange-brown, twisted clockwise; theca 1.5-2.3 mm long, orange- or yellow-

brown, weakly sulcate when dry, long-elliptical to long-cylindrical, occasionally

curved, neck weakly differentiated, exothecial cells rectangular, 25-30 uim wide,

3-5:1, walls thin; stomates phaneropore, at base of theca; annulus of one layer

of vesiculose cells; peristome of 16 long-triangular, red- to yellow-orange teeth,

270-450 um long, straight or weakly twisted counterclockwise, spirally striate

or low papillose to finely spiculose, with several articulations, basal membrane

low or absent; operculum long-conic to conic-rostrate, 0.5-0.7 mm long, cells

weakly twisted counterclockwise. Calyptra cucullate, smooth, ca, 2 mm long.

Spores light brown, weakly papillose, (7-)10-12(-15) um in diameter. Laminal

color reactions (after clearing in conc. lactic acid) : Cl (conc. HCl) - green +

light yellow-brown; К (10% KOH) - medium orange-brown, occasionally red-

orange-brown; М (conc. НМОз) - light yellow-brown to red-brown; SE (conc.

Но SO, ethanol, 2:1) - green + deep red. Illustration : Pl. I, fig. 1-5.

Didymodon incrassatolimbatus differs from the very similar taxon D. vinealis

var. nicholsoni by the short-excurrent costa, costal transverse section with

adaxial stereid band, leaf apex only weakly channelled, perichaetial leaves ovate-

lanceolate, and peristome red-orange, of long-triangular teeth. Didymodon

australasiae var. australasiae is also similar in appearance, but can be distingui-

shed by the characters emphasized in the Key to Species. The syntype (Mexico,

Pringle 748) of D. incrassatolimbatus is Didymodon rigidulus var. subulatus.

Habitat : rock, soil, wet areas, riverside, occasionally submerged.

Distribution : Mexico : Distrito Federal, México, Michoacán, Morelos.

Range : endemic to Mexico.

Specimens examined : Mexico. Distrito Federal : Tlalpan, Amable 1349 (NY);

Canada, above Contreras, Pringle 10556 (FH), 10588 (BM, FH, NY), Barnes &

Land 442 (NY). México : 3 km E of San Rafael, Cárdenas 47 (MEXU, TENN).

Source : MNHN, Paris

388

К.Н. ZANDER

PLT. 1-5 : Didymodon incrassatolimbatus. 1-2 . Leaves. 3 : Leaf apex. 4 : Upper margi-

nal cells. 5 : Transverse section. 6 : Capsules. 7-10 : D, rigidulus var. rigidulus. 7-8 :

Leaves, 9 ; Leaf apex, note bistratose cells easily seen on edge at margins. 10 : Propa-

gula. Magnifications : leaves x 43 ; leaf apices, upper marginal cells, transverse sections

X 100; propagula x 100; capsules and peristomes x 28.

Michoacán : Morelia, Loma Santa María, Arséne 4866 (FH); Rincón, Arséne

4567 (FH); Morelos, Zempoala, 3.5 km from Tres Cubres, road to Cuernavaca,

Patrick 237 (TENN).

Source : MNHN. LA

DIDYMODON IN MEXICO AND CALIFORNIA 389

2. DIDYMODON RIGIDULUS НЕБУ. EMEND. ZANDER, Spec. Muse. : 104.

1801.

Trichostomum rigidulum (Hedw.) Tarn., Musc. Hib. : 34. 1804. — Barbula

rigidula (Hedw.) Milde, Bryol. Siles. : 118. 1863. — Tortula rigidula (Hedw.)

Lindb., Oefv. К. Vet. Ak. Foerh. 21 (4) :249. 1864.

Tortula acuta Brid., Musc. Recent. Suppl. 1 : 265. 1806. — Barbula acuta

(Brid.) Brid., Mant. Musc. : 96. 1819 — Didymodon acutus (Brid.) Saito,

J. Hattori Bot. Lab. 39 : 519, 1975.

Barbula teretiuscula Schimp. ex C. Muell., Syn. Musc. 1 : 614. 1849, syn. nov.

Type : Mexico, Veracruz, «ad montem Orizaba, Liebmann» (BM - iso-

type). — Tortula teretiuscula (Schimp. ex C. Muell.) Mitt., J. Linn. Soc.

Bot. 12:160. 1869.

Barbula mobilis C. Muell., Linnaea 42 : 482. 1879, syn. nov. Type : Venezue-

la, Fendler, 1855 (NY - isotype).

Barbula flaccidiseta Lor., Moosst. : 161. 1864, syn. nov. Туре: Mexico,

México, Schmitz s. n. (BM, NY - isotypes).

Barbula graciliformis Schimp. ex Besch., Mém. Soc. Nat. Sci. Nat. Cherb. 16 :

179. 1872, syn. nov. Type : Mexico, Distrito Federal, San Nicolas, Bour-

geau 1355 (PC - lectotype, BM - isotype).

Didymodon mexicanus Besch., Mém. Soc. Nat. Sci. Nat. Cherb. 16 : 172.

1872, syn. nov. Type : Mexico, Bourgeau, 27 Sept. 1865 (BM, NY - iso-

types). — Trichostomum mexicanum (Besch) C. Muell., Gen. Musc.

Frond. : 420. 1900.

Barbula leptocarpa Besch., Mém. Soc. Nat. Sci. Nat. Cherb. 16 : 179. 1879,

syn. nov. Type : Mexico, Veracruz, Orizaba, Bourgeau s. n. (BM, PC -

isotypes).

Barbula rigidula Besch., Mém. Soc. Nat. Sci. Nat. Cherb. 16 : 180. 1872,

hom. Шер. non B. rigidula (Hedw.) Mild., 1863; syn. nov. Type : Mexico,

Distrito Federal, Guadalupe, Bourgeau 1321 (PC - lectotype, NY - isotype).

Barbula erythropoda Schimp. ex Besch., Mém. Soc. Nat. Sci. Nat. Cherb. 16 :

180. 1872, syn. nov. Type : Mexico, San Cristobal, Mueller s. n. (NY, PC -

isotypes).

Barbula gracilescens Schimp. ex Besch., Mém. Soc. Nat. Sci. Nat. Cherb. 16 :

178. 1872, syn. nov. Type : Mexico, Veracruz, Mueller, 1853 (BM -

holotype).

Trichostomum ramulosum Schimp. ex Besch, Мет. Soc. Nat. Sci. Nat.

Cherb. 16 : 177. 1872, syn. nov. Type : Mexico, Mueller s. n. (BM - iso-

type). = Didymodon ramulosus (Schimp. ех Besch.) Card., Rev. Bryol. 36 :

82.1909.

Barbula bescherellei Sauerb. in Jaeg., Ber. S. Gall. Naturw. Ges. 1877-78 :

409. 1880 (Ad. 2 : 673), nom. nov. for B. rigidula Besch., 1872, hom.

Шер. — Barbula acuta var. bescherellei (Sauerb. in Jaeg.) Crum, Bryologist

72 : 241. 1969. é

Barbula lagunicola C. Muell., Bull. Herb. Boiss. 5 : 194. 1897, syn. nov.

Type : Guatemala, Laguna del Pino, Tuerkheim 114 (NY).

Source : MNHN. Paris

390 В.Н. ZANDER.

Barbula godmaniana C. Muell., Bull. Herb. Boiss. 5 : 193. 1897, syn. nov.

Type : Guatemala, Volcan de Fuego, Godman & Salvin (NY, SPA - isosyn-

types). — Didymodon godmanianus (C. Muell.) Bartr., Bryologist 49 : 113,

1946.

Barbula strictidens C. Muell, Bull. Herb. Boiss. 5 : 193. 1897, syn. nov.

Type : Guatemala, Laguna del Pinar, Tuerkheim 113 (NY - isotype).

Barbula subteretiuscula Card., Rev. Bryol. 36 : 85. 1909, syn. nov. Type :

Mexico, Hidalgo, Cuzamaloza, Pringle 10621 (РС - lectotype; FH, TENN -

isotypes).

Barbula altiseta Card., Rev. Bryol. 36 : 85. 1909, syn nov. Type : Mexico,

Michoacán, Patzcuaro, Pringle 751 (PC - lectotype; ВМ, FH, TENN - iso-

types).

Didymodon fuscoviridis Card., Rev. Bryol. 36 : 83. 1909, syn. nov. Type :

Mexico, Veracruz, Maltrata, Trelease, 1905 (PC - holotype).

Didymodon viridissimus Card., Rev. Bryol. 36 : 82. 1909, syn. nov. Type :

Mexico, Jalisco, Barranca de Guadalajara, Pringle 15227 (PC - lectotype,

NY - isotype).

Didymodon pusillus Card., Rev. Bryol. 36 : 82. 1909, hom. Шер. non D.

pusillus Hedw., 1801; syn. nov. Type : Mexico, Jalisco, Guadalajara,

Pringle 10574 (PC - holotype).

Barbula bescherellei var. stenocarpa Card., Rev. Bryol. 37 : 126. 1910, syn.

nov. Type : Mexico, México, Ixtaccihuatl, Purpus 3716 (PC - lectotype);

Distrito Federal, Cima, Barnes & Land 390 (NY, PC - isosyntypes); Сайа-

da, San Magdelena, Barnes & Land 161 (NY, PC - isosyntypes).

Didymodon heribaudii Card., Rev. Bryol. 40 : 35. 1913, syn. nov. Type :

Puebla, Rancho Posada, Nicolas 5976 (PC - lectotype, BM, NY - isotypes).

Barbula bescherellei var. crassinervia Thér., Smiths. Misc. Coll. 85 (4) : 17.

1931, syn. nov. Type : Mexico, Distrito Federal, Mixcoac, Arsène 9470

(PC - syntype), 9473 (FH - syntype).

Plants forming cushions or turf, green to dark or blackish green above, light

to dark brown below. Stems irregularly and seldom branching, light brown to

red-brown, mostly 1-2 cm long, in transverse section rounded-pentagonal, central

strand usually very strong, cortex of thick-walled cells with small lumens, seldom

not differentiated, hyalodermis absent or rarely weakly distinguishable in

patches; axillary hairs of 3-7 uniseriate cells, basal 1(-2) cells brown. Leaves

when dry appressed to weakly spreading, when wet weakly to widely spreading,

ovate- to longlanceolate, 0.8-1.9(-3.0) mm long, adaxial surface broadly chan.

nelled across leaf; leaf margins usually narrowly recurved in lower 1/2-3/4,

entire, unistratose or bistratose evenly or in patches above midleaf; leaf apex

obtuse to acuminate, occasionally entirely bistratose, occasionally bearing

thizoids; leaf base scarcely differentiated to ovate or oblong, basal margins

not or shortly and narrowly decurrent; costa percurrent to long-excurrent as a

cylindrical, sharp subula, often flexuose, ad- and abaxial surficial cells quadrate

above midleaf, usually smooth, in 2-5(-6) longitudinal rows at midleaf, transverse

section of costa reniform to elliptical, adaxial surface usually convex, ad- and

Source - MNHN, Paris

DIDYMODON IN MEXICO AND CALIFORNIA 391

abaxial stereid bands usually present but weak, ad- and abaxial epidermal cells

present in one layer, abaxial lumens oval, guide cells 2-4 in one layer, hydroids

absent; upper laminal cells subquadrate to hexagonal, (5-)7-9(-12) um wide, 1:1,

walls evenly thickened to thicker at the cell corners, surficially bulging, often

only abaxially, lumens rounded-quadrate to oval, arranged in distinct longitudi-

nal rows, homogeneous in size and shape; laminal papillae absent to simple or

bifid, often appearing as low lenses, 1-2 per lumen on each side or only abaxial-

ly, usually appearing centered over the lumens, occasionally fused in longitudinal

rows; basal laminal cells not differentiated or weakly differentiated, quadrate to

short-rectangular, 7-12(-36) um wide, 1-4:1, walls evenly thickened, occasionally

thin. Propagula often present, ovate to elliptical, green to brown, of mostly 3-8

cells, borne on rhizoids in leaf axils. Dioicous; perichaetia terminal, inner leaves

scarcely differentiated to longlanceolate, to 1.9-2.7 mm long, often loosely

sheathing the seta, prosenchymatous in lower 1/4-3/4; perigonia terminal, often

in series, on equal-sized or smaller gametophores, gemmate. Sporophyte seta

1(-2) per perichaetium, 0.7-1.7 mm long, red-brown to yellow, twisted clock-

wise, occasionally also counterclockwise above; theca 1.0-2.1 mm long, red-

brown, smooth when dry, long-elliptical to cylindrical, occasionally ovoid or

curved, neck weakly differentiated; exothecial cells rectangular, 18-35 ит wide,

4-5:1, walls evenly thickened or thin; stomates at base of theca, phaneropore;

annulus of 1-3 rows of weakly to strongly vesiculose cells; peristome of 16

rudimentary teeth or 32 filamentous rami, 180-740 ит long, yellow-brown,

occasionally orange, straight to twisted to 1.5 times, usually densely spiculose,

occasionally granulose, basal membrane low, 15-30 ит high, or absent, spiculose

or papillose; operculum long-conic to conic-rostrate, 0.4-0.9 (-1.5) mm long,

cells not or weakly twisted counterclockwise. Calyptra cucullate, smooth,

1.7-2.8 mm long. Spores brown to yellow-brown, smooth, 9-12(-15) um in

diameter. n = 12, 13. Laminal color reactions (after clearing in conc. lactic

acid) : Cl (conc. HCl) - green + light yellow-brown, seldom medium orange; К

(10% KOH) - light to dark orange, occasionally red- to yellow-orange, seldom

light red-brown; М (conc. HNO3) - light yellow- to orange-brown, occasionally

red-orange-brown, yellow-orange or orange; SE (conc. На SOs-ethanol, 2:1) -

green + dark red-orange-brown or dark red. Illustrations : Pl. 1, fig. 7-10; Pl. IL,

fig. 1-14.

Didymodon rigidulus is distinguishable from D. vinealis often only with great

difficulty. All relevant characters emphasized in the above Key to Species must

be carefully evaluated because various character states may be poorly expressed

in examined specimens.

Habitat : soil, gravel, acidic and calcareous rock, walls, occasionally bark,

moist or dry situation, 900-3600 m elevation.

Distribution : Mexico : Baja California, Baja California Sur, Chiapas, Chihua-

hua, Coahuila, Distrito Federal, Hidalgo, Jalisco, México, Michoacan, Morelos,

Nuevo León, Oaxaca, Puebla, San Luis Potosí, Sonora, Tamaulipas, Tlaxcala,

Veracruz, Zacatecas; widespread in California.

Range : nearly worldwide, but in tropical areas mainly found at high eleva-

tions.

Source : MNHN, Paris

392 В.Н. ZANDER

I here provide а key and columbariate names (those to which heterotypic

synonyms cannot be assigned with confidence — ZANDER 1978a) at the

varietal level for those bryologists who may wish to assign their collections to

«pigeonholes» corresponding to (1) concepts of these taxa that may be valid

in some areas of the world but are not discontinuous in Mexico and California,

or (2) to local variants that are of unusual morphology in some specimens.

Key toVarieties of Didymodon rigidulus Hedw. in Mexico and California

1, Peristome teeth rudimentary; entire upper lamina evenly bistratose........

crm те rms ie В Jerez var. subulatus (Bartr.) Zander

1. Peristome teeth short and straight to long and twisted; leaf apex or leaf

margins unistratose or bistratose, but medial cells unistratose.......... 2.

2. Leaves longelliptical to long-triangular, costa usually short-excurrent, leaf

apex and upper margins usually bistratose; propagula commonly present

түе Amat HS V SDN er A em . «var. rigidulus

2. Leaves lanceolate, costa percurrent to long-excurrent, upper laminal mar-

gins occasionally bistratose in patches; propagula commonly absent ... 3.

3. Leaves shortlanceolate to long-lanceolate, leaf base not sharply dilated,

rounded-square to rectangular, costa percurrent to long-excurrent as a rigid

awn, upper laminal cells commonly papillose, lumens oval or rounded-

quadrate, basal cells short-rectangular; propagula occasionally present... . . .

рее, бавария, E Lei var. gracilis (Hook, & Grev.) Zander

3. Leaves long-lanceolate, leaf base sharply dilated, oval, costa long-excurrent

as an often flexuose or fragile awn, upper laminal cells usually smooth,

lumens usually angular, basal cells usually quadrate; propagula absent . . . . . .

WET TENA RAT var. icmadophila (C. Muell.) Zander

— Didymodon rigidulus Hedw. var. rigidulus

Leaves long-elliptical to long-triangular, occasionally broadly ovate-lanceolate,

to 2.5 mm long, leaf base weakly differentiated to rectangular, upper margins

usually recurved, usually bistratose evenly or in long patches, lamina near

apex often completely bistratose; costa usually shortexcurrent as a thick,

blunt mucro, upper laminal cells usually papillose, basal laminal cells rectangular;

propagula commonly present; peristome teeth short and straight to weakly

twisted. Illustration : Pl. 1, fig. 7-10.

The var. rigidulus is relatively stenotypic in eastern North America, having

characteristic features of weakly spreading leaves, broad leaf apex, evenly bistra-

tose leaf margins and apex, short-excurrent to percurrent costa, and leaf cells

with rather thick walls. It intergrades with the other varieties, however, in

western North America. A specimen from eastern United States (New York,

Zander 4635 - BUF) with the above morphology, when cultivated at BUF in

а humid environment, produced branches with new leaves that approached

somewhat the morphology of those of var. gracilis; they were strongly recurved,

the apex was narrowly acute, the leaf margins were bistratose only in occasional

Source : MNHN, Paris

DIDYMODON IN MEXICO AND CALIFORNIA 393

patches, the lamina at the apex was unistratose, the costa was short-excurrent,

and the upper laminal cell walls were thin. It is evident that some collections

of D. rigidulus var. rigidulus, under certain environmental conditions, may grow

to look similar to var. gracilis. The degree to which morphological characteristics

of the varieties and of particular collections of D. rigidulus are stable under

changing environmental conditions is unknown, and broadly based studies

are important for adequate biological evaluation of the elements here treated

as varieties.

Habitat : soil, calcareous rock, moist areas, 900-2500 m elevation.

Distribution : Mexico : Baja California, Michoacán, Puebla and Veracruz.

Range : North and South America, Europe, northern Africa and Asia.

— Didymodon rigidulus var. gracilis (Schleich. ex Hook. & Grev.) Zander,

comb. & stat. nov.

Tortula gracilis Schleich. ex Hook. & Grev., Edinburgh J. Sci. 1 : 300.

1824, basionym, nom. nov. for Barbula gracilis Schwaegr., Spec. Musc.

Suppl. 1(1) :125. 1811, hom. illeg. поп B. gracilis Schum., 1803.

Leaves short- to long-lanceolate, 0.8-1.5(-3.0) mm long, leaf base not strongly

differentiated, rounded-square to rectangular, upper margins plane or recurved,

uni- or bistratose in patches, costa subpercurrent to long-excurrent as a rigid

awn, upper laminal cells commonly smooth, basal cells short-rectangular, propa-

gula occasionally present; peristome teeth short and straight to long and twisted.

Illustration : Pl. II, fig. 1-9.

Barbula gracilis has long been considered a later synonym of the more fami-

liar B. acuta (Brid.) Brid.; however, the appropriate combination of the latter

is preoccupied by Didymodon rigidulus var. acutus Biz. Although nomenclatural

synonymy of the first two names is here avoided for reasons discussed below,

the names are, historically, conceptual synonyms. There are no available varietal

names that unambiguously refer to the taxon described above, and a new status

is given the epithet gracilis.

DIXON (1924) and SMITH (1978, as B. acuta) noted the occasional presence

of propagula in var. gracilis, while other major authors did not and considered

the presence of propagula a diagnostic characteristic of var. rigidulus (as D. rigi-

dulus s. str.). CRUNDWELL and NYHOLM (1965) «reluctantly» synonymized

the European species Barbula valida (Limpr.) Moell. with var. gracilis (as B. acu-

га), noting correlated gradients in plant morphology and stature; the characteris-

tic leaf shapes ascribed to these taxa occurred at the extremes in plant size

variation but intermediate leaf shapes were found in plants of intermediate size.

MOENKEMEYER (1927) treated В. valida as a variety of D. rigidulus and

asserted that there were many transitional forms between it and var. rigidulus.

Specimens from western North America identified as «Barbula bescherellei»

have much the same morphological facies as European specimens I have seen

that were identified as «Barbula valida».

Source : MNHN, Paris

394 RH.ZANDER

PI. II. — 1-9 : Didymodon rigidulus var. gracilis. 1-4 : Leaves. 5-6 : Leaf apices. 7 : Upper

marginal cells. 8 : Transverse section. 9 : Peristome. 10 : D. rigidulus var. subulatus,

leaf. 11-13 : D. rigidulus var. icmadophila. 11 : Leaf. 12 : Leaf apex. 13 : Upper cells.

14 : Transverse section. Magnifications : leaves x 43; leaf apices, upper marginal cells,

transverse sections x 100; propagula x 100; capsules and peristomes x 28.

Habitat : soil, gravel, sandstone, limestone, walls, banks, 1300-3360 m

elevation.

Distribution : Mexico : Baja California, Chihuahua, Colima, Distrito Federal,

Hidalgo, Jalisco, México, Michoacán, Nuevo León, Oaxaca, Puebla, San Luis

Potosí, Sonora, Tamaulipas, Tlaxcala, Veracruz.

Range : North and Central America, Europe, the Middle East, and Asia.

— Didymodon rigidulus var. істадорЬйа (Schimp. ex C. Muell.) Zander,

comb. nov.

Barbula icmadophila Schimp. ex C. Muell., Syn. Musc. 1 :614. 1849, basio-

Source : MNHN, Pans

DIDYMODON IN MEXICO AND CALIFORNIA 395

пут, — Tortula icmadophila (Schimp. ex С. Muell.) Lindb., Oefv. К. Vet.

Ak. Foerh. 21 : 249. 1864. — Barbula gracilis ssp. icmadophila (Schimp.

ex C. Muell.) Amann, Fl. Mouss. Suisse 2 : 105. 1919 — Barbula gracilis

var. icmadophila (Schimp. ex С, Muell) Moenk., Laubm. Eur, : 289.

1927. — Barbula acuta ssp. icmadophila (Schimp. ex C. Muell.) Podp.,

Consp. Musc. Eur. : 209. 1954. — Didymodon «icmadophyllus» (Schimp

ex C. Muell.) Saito, J. Hattori Bot. Lab. 39 : 519. 1975, typographic

error.

Leaves longlanceolate, mostly 1.5-3.5 mm long, leaf base sharply dilated,

short-ovate, upper margins usually plane, occasionally recurved, usually unistra-

tose, costa excurrent as a long, often thick or flexuose subula, upper laminal

cells commonly smooth, basal cells usually quadrate, little differentiated; propa-

gula rarely present; peristome teeth short and straight to long and twisted.

Illustration : Pl. II, fig. 11-14.

The var. icmadophila may rarely have fragile or swollen awns of the excurrent

costae, but these are not both caducous early and swollen as in Didymodon

johansenii (Williams) Crum of New and Old World arctic and northern alpine

areas.

Habitat : soil, gravel, rhyolite, cement, brick, limestone, bark, generally

at higher elevations than var. gracilis, 1750-3600 m elevation.

Distribution : North and Central America, Europe, Asia; recognized in Mexico

from the states of Chiapas, Chihuahua, Distrito Federal, Hidalgo, Jalisco, Méxi-

co, Morelos, Oaxaca, Puebla, San Luis Potosí, Tlaxcala, Veracruz, Zacatecas;

California.

Range : North and Central America, Europe, Asia.

— Didymodon rigidulus var. subulatus (Thér. & Bartr. ех Bartr.) Zander,

comb. nov.

Didymodon mexicanus var. subulatus Thér. & Bartr. ex Bartr., Bryologist

29 :1. 1926. Type : U.S.A., Arizona, Pima Co., Santa Catalina Mts.,

Window Trail, Bartram 174 (CU - isotype).

Leaves long-lanceolate, 1.5-2.5 mm long, leaf base long-ovate, upper margins

usually plane, upper lamina entirely bistratose, costa excurrent as a subula,

upper laminal cells smooth, basal cells short-ovate; propagula apparently absent;

peristome very short, rudimentary, of 16 oval teeth with 1-2(-4) articulations.

Illustration : Pl. II, fig. 10.

In leaf shape and other characters, var. subulatus is similar to var. icmado-

phila. Specimens with upper lamina unistratose in large patches represent inter-

grades. The peristome characters were taken from very few specimens, but, in

all, var. subulatus appears to be a distinctive geographic variant.

Habitat : soil, rock, 900-2500 m elevation.

Source : MNHN, Paris

396 R.H, ZANDER

Distribution : Mexico : Distrito Federal, Michoacän.

Range : Mexico and U.S.A. : Arizona.

Specimens examined : Mexico : S. loc. , Hahn, 1868 (NY - as Barbula ery-

thropoda); Distrito Federal, Bourgeau s. n. (BM, NY - as Didymodon mexica-

nus); Vallée de Mexico, San Juanico, Amable 1332 (FH); Michoacán, Patzcuaro,

Pringle 748 (FH, NY - isosyntypes of Didymodon incrassatolimbatus). U.S.A. :

Arizona, Pima Co., Bartram 174 (CU).

The characters of Didymodon rigidulus appear to vary independently of each

other except for modalities of correlation at extremes of plant morphological

variation that are here recognized as varieties. The bryologist should resist the

temptation to distinguish between these varieties by only one character. In

eastern U.S.A., var, rigidulus usually has bistratose upper leaf margins, has

propagula and seems comparatively stenomorphic, but in western North Ameri-

ca, these characters are less well correlated and the bryologist is faced with such

problems as having to decide whether to identify one specimen as either an

unistratose var. rigidulus or a propaguliferous var. gracilis, or another specimen

as either a non-propaguliferous var. rigidulus or a bistratose-margined var. gracilis.

Previous authors have had differing concepts (under names in other combina-

tions) of var. gracilis and var. icmadophila depending on whether they emphasi-

zed relative length of the excurrent costa (DIXON 1924, STEERE 1938, SAITO

1975 among others) or the relative appearance of the median upper laminal

cells (NYHOLM 1956, SMITH 1978). Character states of most characters inter-

grade within the character and correlate only poorly between characters. Al-

though varietal concepts are recognized here because extreme variants are often

more common than intergrades and their appearance is rather distinctive, and

because the varieties may have some evolutionary and ecological importance,

a majority of the type specimens of heterotypic names that clearly belong to

D. rigidulus s. lat. cannot be assigned — with confidence in repeatibility —

to varietal synonymies on the basis of any combination of characters. For

purposes of determining priority, the name of each of the varieties here regarded

as correct is a combination with the earliest legitimate name or epithet (selected

from the synonymy of the species s. lat., and chosen first from those available

at the varietal level) whose type clearly represents the varietal concept reco-

gnized, and all other heterotypic names are assigned to the synonymy of the

species sensu lato. Thus, in a field of continuous variation, concepts of extreme

or distinctive morphology can be efficiently identified by the same number

of type specimens as there are names recognized as correct, of course necessarily

inclusive of the type specimen of the typical variety (or other infraspecific level

recognized). It is this author's opinion that stability of names is — in this particu-

lar case, at least — enhanced by this legal method of circumventing a major

deficiency of the 1.C.B.N., namely that Principle IV and Articles 25 and 57,

taken together, imply that all taxa are discontinuous. This is not the case with

the varieties of D. rigidulus, yet they are here recognized as (at least potential)

biological realities worthy of names. Since duplicability of results is a major

criterion of scientific worth, and because designation of synonymy is here

Source : MNHN, Paris

DIDYMODON IN MEXICO AND CALIFORNIA 397

considered a scientific study that should be repeatible by future workers, no

heterotypic synonymy is provided here for nondiscontinuous taxa.

3. DIDYMODON AUSTRALASIAE (-«П») (HOOK & GREV.) ZANDER

EMEND. ZANDER, Phytologia 41 : 21. 1978.

Tortula australasiae Hook. & Grev., Edinburgh J. Sci. 1 : 301. 1824. — Bar-

bula australasiae (Hook. & Grev.) Brid., Bryol. Univ. 1 : 828. 1827. — Tri-

chostomopsis australasiae (Hook. & Grev.) Robinson, Phytologia 20 :

187. 1970.

Barbula graminicolor C. Muell., Syn. Musc. 1 : 611. 1849, syn. nov. Type :

Chile, Racangua, Bertero, 1828 (BM, PC - isotypes). — Tortula graminico-

lor (C. Muell.) Mont. in Gay, Hist. Fis. Polit. Chile Bot. 7 : 156. 1850

Didymodon torquescens Card., Rev. Bryol. 36 : 83. 1909, syn. nov. Type :

Mexico, Michoacán, Bosque de San Pedro, Solorzano, 1908 (PC - holo-

type). — Husnotiella torquescens (Card.) Bartr.. Bryologist 29 :45. 1926 —

Asteriscium torquescens (Card.) Hilp., Вей. Bot. Centralbl, 50 (2) : 620.

1933.

Didymodon craspedophyllus Card., Rev. Bryol. 36 : 81. 1909, syn. nov.

Type : Mexico, Jalisco, Barranca de Guadalajara, Pringle 15227 (PC -

holotype).

Trichostomopsis crispifolia Card., Rev. Bryol. 36 : 74. 1909. Type : Mexico,

Hidalgo, Tula, Pringle 15273 (NY - syntype).

Didymodon diaphanobasis Card., Rev. Bryol. 37 : 125, 1910. Type : Mexico,

México, Ixtaccihuatl, Purpus 3721 (PC - holotype). — Trichostomopsis

diaphanobasis (Card.) Grout, Moss Fl. N. Amer. 1 : 228. 1939.

Didymodon patentifolius Thér., Smithsonian Misc, Coll. 85(4) : 15. 1931,

gyn. nov. Type : Mexico, D.F., Xoquiapán, Amable 1676 (PC - syntype).

Trichostomopsis brevifolia Bartr., Bryologist 34 : 61. 1932.

Trichostomopsis fayae Grout, Moss Fl. М. Amer. 1 : 228. 1939. Туре:

U.S.A., California, Los Angeles Co., MacFadden 8172 (DUKE - holotype).

Plants forming turf and cushions, green to black-green above, brown below.

Stems often branching, brown, to 0.6(-1.5) cm long, rounded-pentagonal in

transverse section, central strand strong, cortical cells not differentiated or with

thicker walls, hyalodermis not differentiated or weakly developed or developed

in patches to distinct, strongly differentiated; axillary hairs of 3-5 cells, basal

cell brown. Leaves crowded, when dry spreading incurved and twisted to incur-

ved-appressed, when wet spreading to spreading-recurved, ovate-triangular to

longelliptical or long-lanceolate, usually 1.0-2.0(-4.0) mm long, adaxial surface

broadly channelled across leaf; leaf margins plane to recurved at midleaf to

throughout upper half of leaf, entire, bistratose in one to several rows; leaf

apex acute, often somewhat cucullate; leaf base scarcely differentiated in shape

to ovate and sharply differentiated, basal leaf margins often with one or more

Source : MNHN, Paris

398 R.H. ZANDER

tows of narrow cells bordering median basal cells; costa subpercurrent to short-

excurrent, adaxial surficial cells quadrate to short-rectangular or elongate,

smooth to weakly papillose, abaxial surficial cells elongate or seldom quadrate

near apex, smooth to papillose, transverse section of costa elliptical to sub-hemi-

spherical, adaxial surface convex, adaxial epidermis present, abaxial epidermis

usually present, lumens oval to semicircular, adaxial stereid band absent, guide

cells 3-6 in 1-2 layers, hydroids occasionally present, abaxial stereid band strong

to weak or substereid or absent; upper laminal cells subquadrate to short-rectan-

gular, 7-12 um wide, 1-2:1, walls evenly thickened to thickened at the corners,

surficially weakly bulging, patterned in longitudinal rows; laminal papillae

absent to large, entered over the lumens, solid, simple to bifid, occ. trifid, flatte-

ned-rounded, often massive, 1-4 per lumen each side; basal laminal cells often

sharply differentiated, medially or across leaf base, quadrate to rectangular,

often transversely elongate, to 18(-23) um wide, 2-5:1, walls thin, hyaline,

somewhat to distinctly bulging, occasionally resorbed to form transverse slits in

the medial portion of the leaf base. Propagula occasionally present, red-brown,

spherical to elliptical or irregularly shaped, of ca. 2-7 cells, to 85(-100) um

long, borne on rhizoids between lower leaves. Dioicous; perichaetia terminal,

inner leaves long-elliptical, to 2.5(-4.0) mm long, little to half sheathing, pro-

senchymatous below ot to 1/2 of leaf length; perigonia terminal on smaller

plants, often in series, gemmate, inner leaves entire to serrate. Sporophyte

seta 1 per perichaetium, 0.7-1.0 mm long, red-brown to yellow, twisted clock-

wise, occasionally counterclockwise above; theca 1.0-1.9 mm long, red-brown

to dark yellow-brown, ovoid to elliptical-cylindrical, neck weakly differentiated;

exothecial cells rectangular to rhomboidal, 20-25 um wide, 2-4:1, walls thin:

stomates phaneropore, at base of theca; annulus strongly vesiculose, 1-2 rows

of cells; peristome of 32 teeth, occasionally rudimentary, linear, ca. 600 um

long, with many articulations, yellow, nearly straight to twisted counterclock-

wise 0.5 times, closely spiculose, basal membrane absent or low, to 60 ит high,

branching-spiculose. Operculum long-conic, often curved, 0.7-1.2 mm long, cells

nearly straight to twisted counterclockwise to one time. Calyptra cucullate,

smooth, 2.0-2.5 mm long. Spores light brown, weakly papillose, 11-15 ит in

diameter, possibly occasionally anisosporous in some specimens, 6-9 and 12-

15 um wide. Laminal color reactions (after clearing in conc. lactic acid.) : Cl

(conc. HCl) - green or blue-green + light to medium brown or yellow-brown,

or medium orange-brown; К (10% KOH) - green + light to medium yellow.

brown, light to dark red-brown, or dark orange-brown; N (сопс HNO3) - light

brown or light to medium red-brown or light orange-brown; SE (H2SOq-ethanol,

2:1) - green + red-orange-brown to medium brown. Illustration : Pl. Ш, fig. 1-8.

In the genus Didymodon, hydroids (Begleiter cells) have been seen in the

costae of only this species and D. revolutus. Hydroids are common in the Pot-

tioideae, and the lack of an adaxial stereid band may also indicate a relation to

that subfamily. However, the narrow leaves, presence of an abaxial epidermis

in the costa, and general appearance, together with the presence of hydroids

in both Barbula and Bryoerythrophyllum spp., support retention of this species

in the Barbuloideae. Both varieties recognized below bear tubers. The varieties

Source - ММНМ. Paris

DIDYMODON IN MEXICO AND CALIFORNIA 399

Р.Ш. — 1-4 : Didymodon australasiae var. australasiae. 1-2 : Leaves. 3 : Leaf apex. 4:

Transverse section. 5-8 : D. australasiae var. umbrosus. 5 : Leaf, 6 : Leaf apex. 7:

Upper marginal cells. 8 : Transverse section. 9-13 : D. revolutus. 9-10 : Leaves. 11 :

Leaf apex. 12 : Transverse section. 13 : Propagula. Magnifications : leaves x 43; leaf

apices, upper marginal cells, transverse sections x 100; propagula x 100; capsules and pe-

ristomes x 28.

are distinctive in extreme form, but intergrade completely in morphology.

Their descriptions given below are nondiscontinuous and heterotypic synonyms

are not recognized at the varietal level but are given instead for the species

sensu lato, above.

Source : MNHN, Paris

400 К.Н, ZANDER

Habitat : on rock, soil, 137-3750 m elevation.

Distribution : Mexico : Baja California, Chihuahua, Distrito Federal, Jalisco,

México, Michoacán, Puebla, San Luis Potosí, Sonora; California.

Range : North, Central and South America, Europe, Canary Islands, South

Africa, Australasia.

Key to Varieties of Didymodon australasiae (Hook. & Grev.) Zander

(Note : Only salient characters of the idealized taxa are given here.

See descriptions for variation in these and other characters.)

Leaves blackish-green, short-ovate to long-elliptical, apex broadly acute, weakly

cucullate, leaf base not sharply differentiated in shape, adaxial costal cells

quadrate, upper laminal cells rounded-quadrate. ......... var. australasiae

Leaves green to very bright green, long-lanceolate, apex narrowly acute, not

cucullate, leaf base sharply differentiated, ovate, adaxial costal cells rectan-

gular, upper laminal cells rectangular. ....... Маг. umbrosus (C. Muell.) Zander

— Didymodon australasiae (Hook. & Grev.) Zander var. australasiae

Stem hyalodermis absent, occasionally present in patches: plants often blackish-

green; costa bulging usually adaxially: leaves short-ovate to long-elliptical, occa-

sionally lanceolate, apex broadly or occasionally narrowly acute, often some.

what cucullate; leaf margins usually recurved, leaf base not or weakly differentia-

ted in shape, not perforated medially; adaxial cells of costa quadrate, occasio-

nally short-rectangular; upper laminal cells rounded-quadrate; upper laminal

papillae usually distinct, occasionally very coarse, often absent; basal marginal

laminal cells quadrate to rectangular, seldom in distinct rows, medial basal

cells quadrate, occasionally longitudinally or transversely short-rectangular,

little bulging, Illustration : Pl. IIT, fig. 1-4.

Habitat : rock, soil, 137-3750 m elevation.

Distribution : Mexico : Baja California, Chihuahua, Distrito Federal, Jalisco,

México, Michoacán, San Luis Potosi, Sonora; California.

Range : North, Central and South America, Europe, southern Africa, Austra-

lasia.

— Didymodon australasiae var. umbrosus (C. Muell.) Zander, comb. & stat.

nov.

Barbula umbrosa C, Muell., Linnaea 42 : 340. 1879, basionym. — Tricho-

stomopsis umbrosa (C. Muell.) Robinson, Phytologia 20 : 185, 1970.

Stem hyalodermis usually present; plants green to very bright green; costa

adaxially flattened; leaves long-lanceolate, apex narrowly acute, not cucullate;

leaf margins plane, leaf base usually sharply differentiated in shape, ovate,

occasionally medially perforated with transverse slits; adaxial cells of costa

usually rectangular; upper laminal cells quadrate to rectangular; upper laminal

papillae absent, occasionally weakly developed; basal marginal cells narrowly

Source - MNHN. Paris

DIDYMODON IN MEXICO AND CALIFORNIA 401

rectangular in several rows bordering the inflated inner basal cells, occasionally

this not clearly evident, medial basal cells short-rectangular, usually somewhat

bulging. Illustration : Pl. III, fig. 5-8.

Habitat : soil, river margin, 500-2160 m elevation.

Distribution : Mexico : Distrito Federal, Hidalgo, Jalisco, México, Michoacán,

Puebla, San Luis Potosí; California.

Range : North and South America, Europe.

4. DIDYMODON REVOLUTUS (CARD.) WILLIAMS, Bryologist 16 : 25. 1922.

Husnotiella revoluta Card., Rev. Bryol. 36 : 71. 1909, basionym.

Husnotiella palmeri Card., Rev. Bryol. 37 : 121. 1910 — Husnotiella revoluta

var. palmeri (Card.) Thér., Smiths. Misc. Coll. 85 (4) : 7. 1931.

Plants bulbiform, gregarious to forming turf, green to black-green above,

light brown below. Stems seldom branching, brown, to 0.6 cm long, rounded-

pentagonal in transverse section, central strand present, often strong or dark

brown or both, cortex scarcely differentiated or cortical cells with darker walls,

hyalodermis absent or weakly differentiated as a layer of cells larger than the

cortical cells; axillary hairs of 3-9 cells, basal one brown. Leaves when dry appres-

sed, imbricated, incurved, when wet widely spreading, ovate, 0.4-1.2(-2.0) mm

long, adaxial surface broadly channelled across leaf; leaf margins recurved to

revolute to near apex, occasionally recurved to just above midleaf, entire, bistra-

tose in small patches or unistratose; leaf apex rounded-obtuse, often strongly

cucullate; leaf base scarcely differentiated in shape, margins weakly decurrent;

costa ending 1-6 cells below the apex, broad and spurred above midleaf, adaxial

surficial cells quadrate, papillose, abaxial surficial cells quadrate to elongate,

smooth or papillose; transverse section of costa elliptical, adaxial surface bul-

ging-convex, adaxial stereid band absent, guide cells 2-4 in one layer, hydroids

(Begleiter cells) occasionally present, adaxial stereid band present, occasionally

substereid; upper laminal cells rounded-quadrate to rhomboidal, (6-)8-10 um

wide, 1:1, walls thick, surficially bulging, lumens rounded-quadrate, arranged

in longitudinal rows; papillae often best developed in the upper medial portion

of lamina, low, simple or occasionally multiplex or plate-like, usually one per

lumen each side, occasionally absent; basal laminal cells differentiated medially

or across the leaf base, short-rectangular, elongated longitudinally or transverse-

ly, 8-11 ит wide, 1:1-2 ог 1-2:1, walls thin to weakly thickened. Propagula

seldom present, unicellular, spherical to elliptical, red-brown, 16-20 um

wide, 1:1(-2), borne in large clusters in axils of upper leaves. Dioicous; perichae-

tia terminal, inner leaves occasionally smaller, shorter than cauline leaves,

weakly sheathing seta, prosenchymatous in lower third; perigonia on smaller

gametophores, gemmate. Sporophyte seta 1 per perichaetium, 0.35-0.9 mm long,

red- to yellow-brown, twisted clockwise, counterclockwise above; theca 0.7-

1.5 mm long, red-brown to dark brown, smooth when dry, elliptical to short-

Source : MNHN. Paris

402 В.Н. ZANDER

cylindrical, neck weakly differentiated; exothecial cells rectangular, 16-22 ит

wide, 2-3:1, walls weakly thickened; stomates present at base of theca, phanero-

pore: annulus of 1-3 rows of highly vesiculose cells, deciduous in pieces; peri-

stome absent to rudimentary, teeth irregularly ligulate, to 65 um long, to 4 arti-

culations, straight, papillose, yellow to red-brown; operculum conic, rather

oblique, 0.3-0.4 mm long, cells not twisted. Calyptra cucullate, smooth, 1.7-

2.0 mm long. Spores yellow to brown, smooth to lightly papillose, 9-11 um in

diameter. Laminal color reactions (after clearing in conc. lactic acid) : Cl (conc.

НС) - green + medium to dark yellow-brown; К (10% KOH) - light brown to

medium red-orange-brown; М (conc. HNO3) - medium brown to red; SE (conc.

H¿SO4-ethanol, 2:1) - dark green + medium orange-brown or medium red-

brown. Illustration : Pl. IIT, fig. 9-13.

1 concur with WILLIAMS’ (1913) opinion that Husnotiella revoluta belongs

with Didymodon. Husnotiella torquescens is a synonym of D. australasiae.

ROBINSON (1970) noted that some specimens of D. revolutus (as Husnotiella

revoluta) resemble D. australasiae (as Trichostomopsis australasiae). There is

indeed a close relationship between the two taxa as at least some specimens

of each share the following character states : leaves occasionally with plane

margins, apex often cucullate, marginal laminal cells often bistratose, adaxial

costal surface bulging and hydroids evident in the costal transverse section.

Didymodon revolutus differs from D. australasiae, however, in these respects :

rudimentary or absent peristome, rounded-obtuse leaf apex, often revolute

laminal margins, subpercurrent costa with spurs, and one layer of guide cells

instead of two. Bryoerythrophyllum calcareum (Ther.) Zander is similar to

D. revolutus in gametophytic characters but may be distinguished by the for-

mers crowded, hollow, multiplex рарШас with several salients per lumen each

side.

Habitat : soil, rock, walls, to 2280 m elevation.

Distribution : Mexico : Baja California, Distrito Federal, Durango, Hidalgo,

Jalisco, México, Michoacán, Morelos, Puebla, San Luis Potosí, Tlaxcala, Zacate-

cas; California.

Range : southwestern U.S.A. : California, Arizona, Texas, Oklahoma; Mexico;

Guatemala; Andes of South America.

5. DIDYMODON FALLAX (HEDW.) ZANDER, Phytologia 41 : 28. 1978.

Barbula fallax Hedw., Spec. Musc. : 120. 1801.

Barbula ferruginea Schimp. ex Besch., Mém. Soc. Nat. Sci. Nat. Cherb. 16 +

181. 1872. Type : Mexico, San Cristobal, Mueller s. n. (PC - holotype:

BM, NY - isotypes). — Triquetrella ferruginea (Schimp. ex Besch.) Thér.,

Smiths. Misc. Coll. 85 (4) :9. 1931.

Plants in turf or loose cushions, green to reddish-brown above, brown to

reddish-brown below. Stems irregularly branching, yellow- to red-brown or

Source : MNHN. Paris

DIDYMODON IN MEXICO AND CALIFORNIA 403

dark brown, to 2.0 cm long, rounded pentagonal in transverse section, central

strand present, cortex differentiated as 2-3 layers of stereid cells, hyalodermis

absent; axillary hairs of 4-5 cells, basal one brown; stem often flattened. Leaves

when dry appressed to weakly spreading, when wet spreading to strongly refle-

xed-recurved, ovate-triangular to lanceolate, 1.2-2.0 mm long, keeled; leaf mar-

gins nearly plane to recurved to midleaf, entire; leaf apex acute; leaf base scarce-

ly differentiated to ovate, basal margins narrowly to broadly decurrent, occasio-

nally somewhat auriculate; costa short-excurrent in an often papillose mucro,

adaxial surficial cells short-rectangular to elongate, smooth, abaxial surficial

cells quadrate to near base, often papillose, transverse section of costa semi-

circular, adaxial surface mostly concave, adaxial epidermis absent, abaxial epi-

dermis present, lumens of cells oval to hexagonal, adaxial stereid band absent

or of few cells, guide cells 2-4 in one layer, abaxial stereid band seldom strong,

often reduced or absent; upper laminal cells subcircular to rhomboidal or pen-

tagonal, (5-)8-11 um wide, 1:1 or 1.5.1, occasionally transversely elongate,

walls thickened at the corners, surficially bulging, lumens oval to triangular or

diamond-shaped, arranged on longitudinal rows; laminal papillae absent or sim-

ple, solid, 1-3 centered over lumens on each side, occasionally bi- to trifid;

basal laminal cells not or weakly differentiated, quadrate or short-rectangular.

Dioicous; perichaetia terminal, inner leaves enlarged, to 3.0 mm long, leaf

base rectangular, sheathing seta, prosenchymatous in lower 2/3; perigonia termi-

nal, occasionally in series, gemmate, inner leaves ovate. Sporophyte seta 1 per

perichaetium, 0.6-1.2 ст long, yellow-brown, twisted clockwise; theca 1.2-

1.5 mm long, brown, smooth when dry, cylindrical to elliptical, neck weakly

differentiated; exothecial cells rectangular, 14-27 um wide, 2-3:1, walls thin;

stomates present at base of theca, phaneropore; annulus weakly differentiated,

of 2-3 rows of vesiculose cells; peristome of 16 teeth cleft to near base, linear,

275-1100 ит long, straight to twisted counterclockwise once, yellow to yellow-

orange, densely papillose to weakly spiculose, basal membrane low to rather

high, 25-70 um high, papillose; operculum long-conic, 1.2-1.3 mm long, cells

in straight rows or twisted to one time. Calyptra not seen. Spores light yellow-

brown, weakly papillose, 7-9 ит in diameter. п = 9, 10, 11, 13, 13 + 1. Laminal

color reactions (after clearing in conc. lactic acid) : Cl (conc. HCl) - green +

medium yellow-brown to light orange; K (10% KOH) - light to dark red-brown,

occasionally medium brown or deep red-orange-brown; N (conc. HNO3) -

light brown to red-brown; SE (Hz SO4-ethanol, 2:1) - blue-green + light to dark

red-brown, occasionally orange-brown.

Distinctions between true Triquetrella, known only from California, and

D. fallax are discussed by ZANDER (1980). All collections of D. fallax seen

were aff. var. reflexus but probably material aff. var. fallax will eventually turn

up in Mexico, I agree with FLOWERS’ (1973) observations that character states

typical of the varieties as recognized here are not constant. The varieties are

characteristic only in extreme form — for this reason the synonym Triquetrella

ferruginea is placed with D. fallax sensu lato, although the type of the former

is aff. var. reflexus.

Source : MNHN, Paris

404 R.H. ZANDER

— Didymodon fallax var. reflexus (Brid.) Zander, Bryologist 83 : 230. 1980.

Tortula reflexa Brid., Musc. Recent. Suppl. 1 : 255. 1806. — Barbula

reflexa (Brid.) Brid., Mant. Musc. : 93. 1819. — Barbula fallax var. reflexa

(Brid.) Brid., Bryol. Univ. 1 : 558. 1826.

Leaves reddish-brown, strongly recurved, apex broadly acute, laminal cell

walls strongly thickened, laminal papillae usually present, often high. Plate IV,

fig. 1-5.

Habitat : rock, limestone, bark, 2200-2800 m elevation.

Distribution : Mexico : Distrito Federal, Nuevo León, Oaxaca, Puebla, Vera-

cruz.

Range : eastern and central North America, Europe, North Africa, Asia.

6. DIDYMODON MICHIGANENSIS (STEERE) SAITO, J. Hattori Bot. Lab

39 :516. 1975.

Barbula michiganensis Steere in Grout, Moss Fl. М. Amer. 1 180. 1938.

Type : U.S.A., Michigan, Alger Co., Pictured Rocks, Nichols & Steere, 1935

(DUKE - isotype).

Plants in loose turf, green or glossy green above, brown below. Stems seldom

branching, brown, to 2(-6) cm long, rounded-pentagonal in transverse section,

central strand present, cortex of 2-3 layers of stereid cells, hyalodermis absent;

axillary hairs of 4 cells, basal one brown; stem somewhat flattened. Leaves

when dry catenulate-incurved, when wet spreading ca. 45°, lanceolate to

ovatedanceolate, 0.9-1.1, keeled in upper third; leaf margins narrowly to

broadly recurved in lower 1/2-2/3, entire; leaf apex acute to acuminate; leaf

base broadly ovate, basal margins short and broadly decurrent, often weakly

but distinctly auricled; costa percurrent to very shortly excurrent, adaxial sur-

ficial cells rectangular, smooth, abaxial surficial cells short-rectangular or qua-

drate, smooth, transverse section of costa semicircular, adaxial surface concave,

adaxial epidermis lacking, abaxial epidermis present, cells with oval lumens,

adaxial stereid band lacking (apparently represented by 1-2 layers of substereid

or parenchymatous cells), guide cells 2 in one layer, abaxial stereid band absent

or weak; upper laminal cells rhomboidal to rounded pentagonal, 7-9(-12) ит

wide, 1-2:1, walls thickened at the corners, often very thick, lumens angular to

oval, in very distinctive longitudinal rows; laminal papillae absent to low, simple;

basal laminal cells not to weakly differentiated, quadrate to rectangular, 9-13 um

wide, 1-2:1, walls thick. Propagula usually present, spherical to elliptical, red to

orange, 13-25 ит wide, 1-2:1, of 1-4 cells, borne in masses in the leaf axils.

Sporophyte not seen. Laminal color reactions (after clearing in conc. lactic

acid) : Cl (conc. HCl) - green + light to deep yellow ог yellow-orange; К (10%

KOH) - light yellow-orange-brown to deep orange; N (conc. HNO3) - light

yellow-brown to medium orange; SE (conc. HaSOs-ethanol, 2:1) - green +

medium red-brown. Illustration : Pl. IV, fig. 6-10

Source : MNHN, Paris

DIDYMODON IN MEXICO AND CALIFORNIA 405

Didymodon michiganensis is similar to D. fallax in morphology and may

be mistaken for the latter when propagula are absent; however, the following

characters are diagnostic : leaves not keeled or recurved when moist, strongly

catenulate when dry, lower margins strongly recurved, and upper laminal cells

in distinct longitudinal rows and very thick-walled.

Habitat : cliffs, stone walls, boulder, to 2440 m elevation.

Distribution : Mexico : Chihuahua.

Range : Canada : Northwest Territories; U.S.A. : Michigan; Mexico; India :

Assam; Japan.

PLIV.— 1-5 :Didymodon fallax var. reflexus. 1 : Leaf. 2 ; Leaf apex, lateral view. 3 :

Upper marginal cells. 4 : Elongate adaxial costal cells. 5 : Transverse section. 6-10 :

D. michiganensis. 6-7 : Leaves. 8 : Leaf apen? 9 : Upper marginal cells. 10 : Propagula,

1144 : D. tophaceus. 11-12 : Leaves. 13 : Leaf apex. 14 : Upper marginal cells. Magni-

fications : leaves x 43; leaf apices, upper marginal cells, transverse sections x 100; propa-

gula x 100; capsules and peristomes x 28.

Source : ММНМ. Paris

406 К.Н. ZANDER

7. DIDYMODON TOPHACEUS (BRID.) LISA, Elenco Muschi Torino : 31.1837.

Trichostomum tophaceum Brid., Mant. Musc. : 84. 1819. — Barbula tophacea

(Brid.) Mitt., J. Linn. Soc. Bot. Suppl. 1 : 34. 1859.

Dactylhymenium pringlei Card., Rev. Bryol. 36 : 72. 1909. Type : Mexico,

Chihuahua, Chihuahua, Pringle 4 (PC - lectotype; ВМ - isotype). — Barbula

pringlei (Card.) Hilp., Вей. Bot. Centralbl. 50 (2) :645. 1933, hom. illeg.

non Card. 1909. — Husnotiella pringlei (Card.) Grout, Moss Fl. N. Amer.

1:219. 1939.

Barbula abbonii Thér., Smiths. Misc. Coll. 85 (4) : 20. 1931. Type : Mexico,

Nuevo León, Monterrey, Abbon 10970 (PC - lectotype; BM, FH - iso-

types).

Plants in turf or cushions, green to olive-green above, tan below, costa often

dark brown. Stems irregularly branching, brown, to 1.5 ст long, transverse

Section rounded pentagonal, central strand present, cortex of 2-3 layers of

darker, smaller cells, hyalodermis absent; axillary hairs of 3-5 cells, basal one

brown. Leaves when dry spreading to 45°, occasionally appressed or nearly so,

when wet spreading, ligulate to ovatelanceolate, 1.0-1.9 mm long, adaxial

surface broadly channelled to keeled; leaf margins weakly recurved in lower

3/4, entire or occasionally crenulate apically, occasionally bistratose in patches;

leaf apex broadly acute to obtuse or rounded; leaf base ovate, basal margins

usually broadly decurrrent, rarely low, small lamellae present medially abaxially;

costa percurrent or ending up to 6 cells below apex, occasionally short-excur-

rent, adaxial surficial cells rectangular, smooth, abaxial surficial cells quadrate

ог rectangular, usually smooth, transverse section of costa semicircular, adaxial

surface concave to convex, adaxial epidermis absent, abaxial epidermis present,

cell lumens oval, adaxial stereid band absent or represented by substereid cells,

guide cells 24 in one layer, abaxial stereid band weak or absent; upper laminal

cells oval to rhomboidal or triangular, (7-)9-12(-14) um wide, 2-1:1 or 1:1-2,

often longitudinally and occasionally transversely elongate, surficially bulging,

lumens angular to dumbbell-shaped, arranged in longitudinal rows, heteroge-

neous in size and shape; laminal papillae low, broad, simple, 1-2 salients per

lumen each side, sometimes apparently absent; basal laminal cells little diffe-

rentiated, 10-12 um wide, 2-1:1, walls irregularly thickened. Dioicous; perichae-

tia terminal, inner leaves ovate-lanceolate, to 1.5 mm long, somewhat sheathing

the seta, prosenchymatous to near apex; perigonia terminal, gemmate, inner

leaves ovate. Sporophyte seta 1 per perichaetium, 0.7-0.9 mm long, red-brown,

twisted clockwise; theca 0.6-1.3 mm long, red-brown, smooth when dry, ovate

to short-cylindrical, neck weakly differentiated, mouth occasionally oblique:

exothecial cells rhomboidal to rectangular, 15-25 um wide, 1-3:1, walls evenly

thickened; stomates present on neck, phaneropore; annulus of 2-3 rows of

weakly vesiculose cells; peristome absent, rudimentary or short, of 16 teeth cleft

to near base, occasionally perforated below, ligulate, to 220 um long, straight,

1-5 articulations, light yellow, spiculose to papillose, basal membrane absent:

operculum long-conic, 1.0-1.2 mm long, cells in straight rows. Calyptra cucul-

Source : MNHN. Paris

DIDYMODON IN MEXICO AND CALIFORNIA 407

late, smooth, са, 2.5 mm long. Spores brown, weakly papillose, 12-14(-20) um

in diameter. п = 12, 13. Laminal color reactions (after clearing in сопс. lactic

acid) : Cl (conc. HCl) - green + medium yellow, yellow-brown or yellow-orange-

brown; К (10% КОН) - light to dark red-orange-brown, occasionally light to

deep red-orange or orange, seldom light red-brown or deep yellow-orange;

N (conc. НМОз) - tan to light orange-brown; SE (conc. На $04 - ethanol, 2:1) -

blue-green + deep red or yellow-orange-brown ог red-orange-brown. Illustra-

tion : Pl. IV, fig. 11-14.

The broad decurrencies of the basal margins of the leaves of D. tophaceus

are usually best developed in large plants — smallsized specimens may lack

this characteristic of the species that some authors consider diagnostic (discus-

sion by ZANDER 1978a). The type of the synonym Barbula abbonii has small

lamellae on the medial portion of the leaf bases of many leaves, abaxially; this

has been seen in no other specimen examined. «Didymodon luridus» has mor-

phology similar to D. tophaceus, but is here treated as a variety of D. vinealis,

to which it keys in the key to species (above). Didymodon fallax intergrades

somewhat with D. tophaceus gametophytically in eastern U.S.A., but interme-

diate specimens have not been seen in Mexico or California.

Habitat : soil, rock, calcareous rock, wet areas, riversides, springs, 1100-

2200 m elevation.

Distribution : Mexico : Baja California, Baja California Sur, Chiapas, Chihua-

hua, Coahuila, Durango, Hidalgo, Jalisco, México, Morelos, Nuevo León, Puebla,

San Luis Potosí, Sonora; California.

Range : North, Central and South America, Europe, Africa, and Asia.

8. DIDYMODON VINEALIS (BRID.) ZANDER EMEND. ZANDER, Phytologia

41 :25. 1978.

Barbula vinealis Brid., Bryol. Univ. 1 : 830. 1827. — Barbula fallax var. vinea-

lis (Brid.) Hueb., Musc. Germ. : 327. 1833 — Tortula fallax var. vinealis

(Brid.) De Not., Mem. К. Acc. Sc. Torino 40 : 319. 1838. — Tortula vinealis

(Brid.) Spruce, London J. Bot. 4 : 194. 1845. — Barbula cylindrica var.

vinealis (Brid.) Lindb., Musci Scand. : 22. 1879, nom. Шер. prior. ut spec. —

Barbula cylindrica ssp. vinealis (Brid.) Dix., Stud. Handb Brit. Moss. : 197.

1896.

Barbula rectifolia Tayl., London J. Bot. 5 : 49. 1849, syn. nov. Type : Ecua-

dor, Pichincha, Jameson, 1827 (NY - isotype). — Tortula rectifolia (Tayl.)

Мис. J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 12 : 158. 1869.

Tortula olivacea Besch. ex Mitt., J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 12 : 631. 1869, syn. nov.

Type : Mexico, D.F., prope Santa Fe, Bourgeau 1331 (BM, NY, PC - iso-

types). — Barbula olivacea (Mitt.) Besch., Mém. Soc. Sc. Nat. Cherbourg

16 :181. 1872. t

Barbula bourgaeana Besch., Mém. Soc. Sc. Nat. Cherbourg 16 : 179. 1872,

syn. nov. Type : Mexico, D.F., in monte Zacoalco prope Guadalupe,

Source : MNHN, Paris

408 В.Н. ZANDER

Bourgeau 1321 (BM, NY, PC - isotypes).

Barbula lozanoi Card., Rev. Bryol. 36 : 85. 1909, syn. nov. Type : Mexico :

Puebla, Honey Station, Pringle 10653 (PC - lectotype; TENN - isotype);

Nuevo León, Monterey, Pringle 10459 (BM, FH, РС isosyntypes); Hidal-

go, Tula, Pringle 15216 (FH, PC - isosyntypes).

Barbula salazarensis Thér., Rev. Bryol. Lichénol. 5 (1932) : 96. 1933, syn.

nov. Type : Mexico, D.F., Salazar, St. Pierre 1919 (PC - holotype).

Plants forming turf or cushions, green to dark green, occasionally reddish-

brown above, light brown below. Stems occasionally branching, red-brown,

to 2.0 ст long, rounded pentagonal, central strand present, often strong or

brown or hollow, cortex little differentiated or of 1-2 layers of smaller, thick-

walled cells, hyalodermis absent, axillary hairs of 4-5 cells, basal one brown;

stem occasionally flattened. Leaves when dry appressed-twisted to incurved-

twisted or spreading-flexuose, when wet spreading to spreading-recurved, short-

to long-lanceolate or long-oval, 2.5-3.5(-4.0) mm long, adaxial surface broadly

grooved along the costa, narrowly so near apex; leaf margins recurved at leaf

base to recurved to near apex, entire, unistratose to bistratose in patches or

evenly; leaf apex obtuse to narrowly acute, often apiculate by a smooth, conical

cell; leaf base scarcely differentiated to oblong, basal margins short and broadly

decurrent; costa percurrent to short-excurrent, evenly thick to apex, abaxially

somewhat bulging, ad- and abaxial surficial cells quadrate to short-rectangular,

smooth to papillose, transverse section of costa semicircular to elliptical, adaxial

surface weakly convex to flat, adaxial stereid band absent, usually represented

by thin-walled to substereid cells, guide cells 4(-6) in 1(-2) layers, abaxial stereid

band distinct, strong, ad- and abaxial epidermal layers differentiated, lumens

of abaxial cells quadrate to semicircular; upper laminal cells quadrate, 7-9(-14) um

wide, 1:1, walls thin to evenly thickened, occasionally porose, weakly surficially

bulging, arranged in longitudinal rows, often in distinct patch-work, relatively

homogeneous in size and shape; laminal papillae seldom absent, weakly deve-

loped to strong, simple to bifid, occasionally appearing multiplex, solid or

hollow, centered over the lumens, 1-5 per lumen cach side; basal laminal cells

scarcely differentiated to weakly differentiated medially, quadrate to short-

rectangular, to 10-11 um wide, 1-2:1, walls thin to evenly thickened. Propagula

rare, spherical to elliptical, brown, 21-30(-55) ит long, of 1-2(-8) cells, born in

clusters on crowded branching stalks in leaf axils. Dioicous; perichaetia terminal,

inner leaves oblong-lanceolate, little differentiated, loosely sheathing the seta,

prosenchymatous in lower half; perigonia terminal, often in series, gemmate,

inner leaves ovate. Sporophyte seta 1 per perichaetium, 0.8-1.0 mm long, red-

brown to yellow, weakly twisted clockwise; theca 1.5-2.5 mm long, light red-

brown to brown, nearly smooth when dry, cylindrical, neck absent; exothecial

cells rectangular, 16-20-25) um wide, 4-6:1, walls thin to evenly thickened;

stomates at base of urn, phaneropore; annulus of 1-2 rows of vesiculose cells;

peristome of 32 linear, yellow to orange-red, densely spiculose teeth, 185-

1300 ит long, straight to twisted 0.25-0.50 times, basal membrane low, distinct,

50-70 ит high, spiculose; operculum long-conic, 1.1-1.4 mm long, cells weakly

Source : MNHN. Paris

DIDYMODON IN MEXICO AND CALIFORNIA 409

twisted counterclockwise. Calyptra cucullate, smooth, 2.8 mm long. Spores

yellow-brown, smooth, 9-12 um wide. n — 10,12, 13, 13 + 1m, 14. Laminal

color reactions (after clearing in conc. lactic acid) : Cl (conc. HCl) - green or

yellow-green + light to medium yellow-brown, occasionally light-brown, orange,

or yellow-orange; K (10% KOH) - light to dark red to red-brown, often medium

to deep red-orange-brown, occasionally medium orange-brown; N (conc. HNO3)

- light brown to red-brown, light yellow to orange-brown; SE (conc. Ha SO4-

ethanol, 2:1) - dark green + medium red-brown to dark red, Illustration PL V,

fig. 1-12.

A majority of specimens of Didymodon vinealis have a bright to dark red

color with KOH. Although this is not a constant feature and is occasionally

duplicated in.other species of Didymodon, color in KOH may be used as an

additional character when identifying small specimens of the genus, which

can appear rather characterless. Propagula are rare in D. vinealis. They are

present in var. vinealis (Mexico, Michoacän, Huerta, 1969 - TENN, as D. god-

manianus) and var. luridus (U.S.A. Arizona, Mariposa Co., Zander 4366 -

BUF). Like D. rigidulus, D. vinealis is treated here as a complex of morpholo-

gically intergrading variants that are distinctive in extreme appearance and

some of which have characteristic geographic ranges. Likewise, heterotypic

synonyms are not assigned to the varieties of D. vinealis but are placed with

the species sensu lato. Good summations of some expressions of variation

are given by STEERE (1938) and FLOWERS (1973), both of whom seem

to recognize an intergradation of short- and long-leaved plants.

Habitat : soil, rock, acidic to calcareous situations, moist to dry, sealevel

to 2130 m elevation.

Distribution : Mexico : Baja California, Coahuila, Distrito Federal, Hidalgo,

México, Nuevo León, Puebla; California.

Range : western North America, Central America, South America, Europe,

Asia and Africa.

Key to Varieties of Didymodon vinealis in Mexico and California

1. Leaves short-ovate to ovate-triangular, usually short, to 1.5 mm long... ... pn

1. Leaves long-ovate to long-lanceolate, often long, to 4.0 mm long ....... 3.

2. Upper laminal cells thin-walled, papillose, apex blunt and often apiculate

by а conical cell . „D. vinealis var. brachyphyllus (Sull. in Whipple) Zander

2. Upper laminal cells with evenly thickened walls, smooth, apex acute to

zoudded. s ss lees PECORIS ..... D. vinealis var. luridus Hornsch.

3. Upper laminal cells large, 10-13 um wide ............... AE |

"ые e РОТ .,.,.. D. vinealis var. rubiginosus (C. Muell.) Zander

3. Upper laminal cells small, 7-10 um wide. ........... baron e gn E 4.

4. Leaves long-ovate to broadly lanceolate, apex blunt to broadly acute,

upper marginal cells evenly bistratosé or occasionally bistratose in patches;

laminal color reaction K deep yellow- or orange-brown, seldom red-brown .

TR a Praia лее D. vinealis var. nicholsonii (Culm.) Zander

Source : MNHN, Paris

410 R.H. ZANDER

4. Leaves narrowly lanceolate, apex narrowly acute, upper marginal cells

unistratose to bistratose in patches; laminal color reaction К deep red to

red-brown ..,. ‚ы да ES o

5. Leaves long, often to 4.0 mm, twisted ог flexuose above, margins recurved

alongleaf bas D, vinealis var. flaccidus (B.S.G.) Zander

5. Leaves shorter, to 3.0 mm, not or little twisted, margins usually recurved to

above midleaf. SPO ЙИ coo. D. vinealis (Brid.) Zander var. vinealis

PL V,—1-3 : Didymodon vinealis var, vinealis. 1 : Leaf 2 : Leaf apex. 3 : Upper marginal

cells. 4 : D. vinealis var. brachyphyllus, leaf. 5 : D. vinealis var. luridus, leaf. 6-7 :D.

vinealis var. rubiginosus. 6 : Leaf, 7 : Transverse section. 8 : D. vinealis var. flaccidus,

leaf. 9-12 : D. vinealis var. nicholsonii. 9-10 : Leaves. 11 : Transverse section near

apex. 12 : Transverse section near midleaf. Magnifications : leaves x 43; leaf apices,

upper marginal cells, transverse sections x 100; propagula x 100; capsules and peri-

stomes x 28.

Source : MNHN. Paris

DIDYMODON IN MEXICO AND CALIFORNIA 411

— Didymodon vinealis (Brid.) Zander var. vinealis

Leaves lanceolate, to 3.0 mm long; leaf apex acute, narrowly grooved to

terete; leaf margins usually recurved to above midleaf; upper laminal cells

7-10 ит wide, nearly smooth to highly papillose, often thick-walled, upper

marginal cells unistratose or bistratose in patches. n = 14. Illustration : Pl. V,

fig. 1-3.

This taxon represents central or intermediate morphology (from which the

other varieties may be conceptually derived by elaboration or reduction with

minimum morphological change). No such morphologically central taxon is

recognized here for the other major complex, D. rigidulus s. lat.; however, if

sure characters can be found to distinguish a D. rigidulus-related variant from

D. vinealis var. luridus as conceived here, then D. rigidulus var. gracilis would

represent that central morphology within D. rigidulus s. lat.

Habitat : soil, rock, sea level to 2130 m elevation,

Distribution : Mexico : Baja California, Coahuila, Distrito Federal, Hidalgo,

México, Nuevo León, Puebla; California.

Range : western North America, Central and South America, Europe, Asia,

Africa.

— Didymodon vinealis var. brachyphyllus (бий. in Whippl.) Zander, comb. nov.

Barbula brachyphylla бай. in Whippl., Rep. Pacif. Вайт. Surv. Bot. 4 : 186.

1856, basionym. — Didymodon brachyphyllus (бий. in Whippl.) Zander,

Phytologia 41 :24. 1978.

Leaves ovate to ovate-triangular, to 1.5 mm long; leaf apex broadly acute to

obtuse, usually apiculate, often rather cucullate; leaf margins usually recurved

to near apex; upper laminal cells 7-10 um wide, weakly papillose, thin-walled,

upper marginal laminal cells unistratose to occasionally bistratose in patches.

n = 10, 12. Illustration : Pl. V, fig. 4. -

This variety is closely related to, or may be the same as D. reedii Robins. of

eastern U.S.A. and D. tectorum (C. Muell.) Saito of Asia.

Habitat : soil, rock, 135-1600 m elevation.

Distribution : Mexico : Distrito Federal; California.

Range : Mexico; western U.S.A. : Washington, Oregon, California, Montana,

Utah, Colorado, Arizona (cf. LAWTON 1971); Canada : British Columbia,

Specimens examined : Mexico : D.F. near Santa Fé, Bourgeau 1331 (BM,

Y). U.S.A. : California : s. loc., Bigelow s. n., Sull. & Lesq., Musc. Bor. Amer.

100c (CU); San Diego Co., Anza Borrego Desert State Park, Stark 472-D (PAC):

Riverside Co., Joshua Tree National Monument, Norris 50513 (HSC); Tehama

Co., near Manton, bluff over Battle Creek, Norris 21332 (HSC). Utah : Millard

Co. Boardman U.S. Navy Bombing and Gunnery Range, just S of Boardman,

Christy 1398-2 (herb. J.A. Christy; BUF). Canada : British Columbia : S side of

Thompson R., between Cache Creek and Savonah, Wallachin, Roadside, McIn-

tosh & Kruckeberg 5250 (UBC).

Source : MNHN, Paris

412 К.Н. ZANDER

= Didymodon vinealis var. luridus (Hornsch. in Spreng.) Zander, comb. nov.

Didymodon luridus Hornsch. in Spreng., Syst. Veg. 4 (1) : 173. 1827,

basionym. — Barbula lurida (Hornsch. in Spreng.) Lindb., Musci Scand. :

22. 1879. — Didymodon trifarius var luridus (Hornsch. in Spreng.) Mont.,

Arch. Bot. 1 : 139. 1833. — Trichostomum luridum (Hornsch. in Spreng.)

Spruce, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 2, 3 : 379. 1849.

Leaves short-lanceolate to ovate-triangular; leaf apex broadly acute to roun-

ded-obtuse; leaf margins usually recurved to above midleaf, often strongly

recurved above; upper laminal cells 7-10 um wide, smooth to weakly papillose,

walls usually irregularly thickened, lumens often rounded or triangular to penta-

gonal; upper marginal cells unistratose. Illustration : Pl. V, fig. 5.

Plants with similar leaf morphology but elongate adaxial surficial costal

cells are D. tophaceus. The leaf apex of var. luridus usually has an adaxial costal

groove, the costa is about equally wide to the apex, and at least European

specimens are mostly bright red in color with KOH — all characteristics fairly

constant in the D. vinealis group. It may well be that variants of D. rigidulus

— which is occasionally red in KOH — with short, blunt leaves may be here

included in var. luridus, but, to date, no sure way of distinguishing these has

been found,

CRUM et al. (1973) and ZANDER (1978a) did not recognize D. luridus

in North America north of Mexico, referring most collections identified as this

to D. tophaceus (with acute leaf apices). After seeing more collections and using

laminal color reactions to some extent, I present here a concept of the taxon

somewhat different and at a different taxonomic level than that of FLOWERS

(1973), STEERE (1938) and other American authors who have treated it under

the name D. trifarius (Hedw.) Roehl., they indicating that it has a close relation-

ship with D. tophaceus, which it has not. Material from U.S.A. : Washington,

California, Arizona; Mexico and Guatemala matches that from Europe in BUF

and keys to D. vinealis in the above key to species of Didymodon.

Didymodon luridus is often placed in the synonymy of D. trifarius. Didymo-

don trifarius (Hedw.) Roehl. is based on Cynodontium trifarium Hedw. HEDWIG

(1801) characterized the genus Cynodontium as «Flos terminalis hermaphrodi-

tus (i.e. monoicous)», including what are now Didymodon trifarius, Distichium

capillaceum (Hedw.) B.S.G., D. inclinatum (Hedw.) B.S.G. and Bryum uligino-

sum (Brid.) В.5.С. (fide VAN DER WIJK et al. 1959-1969). The last two taxa

are autoicous and D. capillaceum is paroicous, but species of Didymodon are

always dioicous. HEDWIG included references to the following elements : speci-

mens «Upsaliae legit Ehrharty and «in Anglia, Scotia Dicksonus,» and a refe-

rence «Hedw. St. Cr. р. 76 t. 28. Swartzia trifaria. Brid. Muscol. П p. 120» to

his (HEDWIG 1789) description and illustration of «Swartzia trifariay. The

BRIDEL reference (BRIDEL 1798) cites other authors but these lead back

to HEDWIG (KOPONEN 1979),

KOPONEN (1979) quite rightly noted that my assumption (ZANDER

1978c) was incorrect that the specimen labeled «Swartzia trifariay in Hed-

Source : MNHN. Paris

DIDYMODON IN MEXICO AND CALIFORNIA 413

wig's herbarium at С was the holotype of the species, because other elements

were mentioned in the protologue. He indicated that it may be possible to

choose a lectotype for Didymodon trifarius in such a way as to preserve current

usage. The simple specimen labeled «Swartzia trifaria in G-Hedwig proved to be

taxonomically Saelania glaucescens (Hedw.) Broth, (ZANDER 1978c). In an

effort to track down additional elements, I was permitted to examine the ori-

ginal herbarium of J. Dickson at BM. The only specimens possibly a syntype

was labeled (but not in Dickson's handwriting — see Pl. УП, fig. 4) «Weisia

trifaria». This specimen was taxonomically D. tophaceus. 1 was also allowed to

examine specimens (Pl. VI, fig. 1-3) at the J.E. Smith herbarium (LINN), which

Pl. VI. — 1-3 : «Swartzia trifaria» collections — sheet 1671.1 — in herbarium of J.E. Smith

at LINN 1 : The specimens, of which numbets 1 and 3 may be isosyntypes of Cynodon-

tium trifarium Hedw. 2 : Close up of the Ehrhart 174 plants. 3 : Label for sheet 1671.1.

4 : Possible isosyntype of Cynodontium trifarium Hedw. in herbarium of J. Dickson at

BM.

Source : MNHN. Paris

414 В.Н. ZANDER

included а specimen labeled «Mr. Dickson. 1802. «Bryum trifarium»» and ano-

ther labeled both «Ehrh. Crypt. 174. Herb. Davall. 1802» and «174. Swartzia

trifaria Ehrh. Upsaliae ». These may or may not be syntypes as «1802» may refer

to date of collection or date of communication (but probably the latter). Regu-

lations at LINN do not allow dissection or examination of specimens with

a high-power microscope; however, the Dickson specimen was similar to that

in his herbarium, and the Ehrhart specimen matched that in С, With the dissec-

ting microscope available at LINN, the latter looked quite like specimens at BUF

of Saelania glaucescens with rather short capsules. The illustrations of S. glau-

cescens and «Swartzia trifaria» of HEDWIG (1789, 1792) are very similar

(contrary to the view of KOPONEN 1979), except for capsule shape (anyway

variable in S. glaucescens) and flexion of peristome teeth (straight when dry

but variably incurved at first when wet). The exsiccatum of Ehrhart 174 in

Ehrhart's original herbarium at GOET is not available by loan for study. My

discussion (ZANDER 1978c) of past use of the name D. trifarius by early

authors after HEDWIG (1801) shows that many regarded D. trifarius and D.

luridus as different. Some thought the former name was a nomen ambiguum.

Others ignored it. LINDBERG (1864) apparently examined the Ehrhart syntype

and placed it in the synonymy of Trichostomum viridulum Bruch in F. Muell.

(as T. crispulum var. angustifolium B.S.G.) (perhaps a mixture is involved ? ).

Inasmuch as major isosyntype specimens (1) are unavailable for study, ог

labeled in an ambiguous fashion, or apparently mixed or scattered, or their

identification is hampered by overly restrictive curatorial regulations, (2) the

protologue of the first valid publication (1801) surely requires a lectotype with

a monoicous condition (preferably synoicous — Saelania glaucescens is autoi-

cous, but HEDWIG 1789 may have made a mistake in this although this is most

unlikely), and (3) Didymodon trifarius (in the modern sense) is not known for

Finland (KOPONEN 1979) but S. glaucescens is (KOPONEN et al. 1977), it

seems certain that no bryologist in the near future will sucessfully designate a

lectotype for D. trifarius that will preserve current usage. Following the lead

of DIXON (1924) and LIMPRICHT (1890), I here treat the name D. trifarius

as a nomen ambiguum. The unambiguous name D. vinealis var. luridus is appro-

priate for that taxon of Didymodon commonly identified as «D. trifarius» in

European herbaria but seldom so in American herbaria.

The J.E. Smith herbarium (LINN) is extraordinary, by the way, for its

richness in welllabeled (Pl. УП, fig. 2) early specimens, many of which are

possible isotypes or are otherwise representative of taxonomic concepts of

early authors of bryophyte names. Some persons who apparently corresponded

with Smith and sent him specimens include : Davall, Davies, Dickson, Hedwig,

Hooker, Humboldt, Linneus, Mackay, Menzies, Muehlenberg, Schrader, Swartz,

Torrey and Turner. The Smith bryophyte herbarium is presently under the

same regulations as those for the Linnean collections at LINN. These allow

low-power microscopic examination only (without manipulation or dissection

of the specimen) and are not appropriate for taxonomic study of bryophytes.

One might hope that the Smith herbarium might someday be transferred to

BM where facilities are more suited to the needs of specialists on the bryophytes.

Source - MNHN. Paris

DIDYMODON IN MEXICO AND CALIFORNIA 415

Pl, ҮП, — 1 : Sample specimens in J. Dickson herbarium at BM showing typical lack of

collection data. 2 : Sample label of a sheet in J.E. Smith herbarium at LINN showing

relative excellence of collection data.

The name Barbula lurida Hornsch. in Mart. may be confused with Didymo-

don luridus Hornsch. in Spreng. The former is based on a different type (from

Source : MNHN, Paris

416 А.Н. ZANDER

Brazil) and the specimen reported (CRUM 1951) under this name from Mexico

(Nuevo León, Harvey 1061 - MICH) is Barbula arcuata Griff.

Habitat : soil, rock, riverside, dry to moist areas, to 1570 m elevation.

Distribution : Mexico : México; California.

Range : western North America, Central America, Europe, Middle East, Asia,

Africa.

North American specimens examined : U.S.A. : Washington, Klickitat-Fran-

klin counties border, ca. 48 km E of Plymouth, soil and steppe, McIntosh &

Kruckeburg 4902 (UBC). Arizona, Cococino Co., Oak Creek Gorge, West Fork,

Zander 4150 (BUF). California, Lassen Co., 24 km S of Adin, limestone out-

crop, Norris 21462 (HSC); Tehama Co., Woodson Bridge State Park, Norris

50430 (HSC). Mexico : México, Tlalmanalco, 3 km E of San Rafael, Cárdenas 56

(MEXU, TENN). Guatemala : Quetzaltenango, below Zunil, along Rio Samalá,

Steyermark 34985 (FH).

— Didymodon vinealis var. nicbolsonii (Culm.) Zander, comb. nov.

Didymodon nicholsonii Culm., Rev. Bryol. 34 : 100. 1907, basionym.

Type : England, Sussex, Wild Brooks, Amberley, Nicholson, 1905 (BM). —

Barbula nicholsonii Culm., Rev. Bryol. 34 : 100. 1907. — Didymodon

rigidulus var. nicholsonii (Culm.) Roth, Hedwigia 50 : 303. 1911. — Barbu-

la rigidula ssp. nicholsonit (Culm.) Dix., Stud. Handb. Brit. Moss. ed. 3 :

413. 1924, — Didymodon luridus ssp. nicholsonii (Culm.) Loesk., Ber.

Naturh. Ver. Preuss. Rheinl. Westf. 1932-33 : 16. 1934. — Didymodon

luridus var. nicholsonii (Culm.) Loesk. in WIRTGEN, Herb. Fl. Rhen.

n. 826. 1934. — Didymodon trifarius ssp. nicholsonii (Culm.) Wijk A

Marg., Taxon 7 : 289. 1958.

Leaves rigid, long-ovate, occasionally ovatelanceolate, to 3.5 mm long;

leaf apex broadly acute to blunt, somewhat cucullate; leaf margins recurved

to near apex; upper laminal cells 7-9 um wide, weakly papillose, walls evenly

thickened, upper marginal cells evenly bistratose or nearly so. Illustration :

Pl. V, fig. 9-12.

Except fot the type specimen, which is K red-brown, the laminal color

reaction of this variety is K orange-brown to red-orange-brown. The var. nichol-

sonii is fairly sharply differentiated from var. luridus by its evenly bistratose

upper marginal cells, but it intergrades with var. vinealis. Didymodon rigidulus

var. incrassatolimbatus is very similar in appearance to var. nicholsonii; however,

the latter differs var. incrassatolimbatus by its filamentous, yellow peristome

(vs. the long-triangular, red-orange peristome of var. incrassatolimbatus); peri-

chaetial leaves ovate-lanceolate, weakly differentiated (vs. narrowly lanceolate,

unlike the cauline leaves); cauline leaves keeled (vs. plane); leaf apex somewhat

cucullate, occasionally apiculate by one conical cell (vs. apex plane, costa

short-excurrent as a cone or cylinder); costa bulging dorsally, brown (vs. little

bulging dorsally, green); and adaxial stereid band represented only by thin-

walled or substereid cells (vs. stereid cells usually present adaxially).

Source - MNHN. Paris

DIDYMODON IN MEXICO AND CALIFORNIA 417

Contrary to indication in the Index Muscorum (VAN DER WIJK et al.

1959-69), Didymodon nicholsonii Culm. was validly published together with

Barbula nicholsonii Culm., being one of two «alternative names» (I.C.B.N.,

Art. 34).

Habitat : soil, rock, dry to moist situations, 90-1370 m elevation.

Distribution : California.

Range : western North America, western Europe. Reported here as new to

the New World.

Specimens examined : U.S.A. California : Humboldt Co., Mad R., near Maple

Creek, Schofield 28662 (UBC); Mendocina Co., Navaro R. near entrance to

Hendy Woods State Park, Norris 53101 (ОВС); Ventura Co., Howard Creek

Trail, Norris 55495 (HSC); Chorro Grande Canyon, Norris 55543 (HSC). Ore-

gon : Lake Co., Lakeview, canyon at end of Center St., streamside, Zander &

Eckel 4422 (BUF), Canada. British Columbia : S of Cristina Lake, Kettle R.

Gorge, Tan & Teng 78-119 (UBC). England. Gloucestershire : Symonds Yat,

Townsend, 1957 (US); Northumberland : Linshiels, Coquet R., Long 4903 (E).

Germany (BRD). Neuwied, Düll 7.4.1979 (BUF).

— Didymodon vinealis var. rubiginosus (Mitt.) Zander, comb. & stat. nov.

Barbula rubiginosa Mitt., J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 8 : 27. 1864, basionym. —

Didymodon occidentalis Zander, Phytologia 41 : 26. 1978, non Didymo-

don rubiginosus (C. Muell.) Broth., Nat. Pfl. 1 (3) : 405.1902.

Leaves rather rigid, long-lanceolate, to 3.0 mm long; leaf apex narrowly

acute, grooved to terete, margins recurved to above midleaf, upper laminal

cells relatively large, 10-13 ит wide, weakly papillose, pellucid, walls evenly

thickened to somewhat porose, upper marginal cells unistratose or more com-

monly bistratose in patches or entirely. Illustration : Pl. V, fig. 6-7.

This taxon is confined to the West Coast of North America. It is characte-

rized by the acuminate leaf apex that is often bistratose marginally or entirely,

occasionally somewhat notched and appearing fragile, and the rather large upper

laminal cells. The peristome often appears to be absent, but actually is removed

with the operculum. This and the character of quadrate basal laminal cells are

variable and present in other varieties occasionally. LAWTON (1971) notes that

a rudimentary peristome is occasionally present.

Habitat : bark, rock, soil, wet to dry situations, to 1100 m elevation.

Distribution : California.

Range : I have seen specimens from Canada : British Columbia; U.S.A, : Ore-

gon and California; LAWTON (1971) reports it also from Washington and Idaho.

— Didymodon vinealis var. flaccidus (B.S.G.) Zander, Phytologia 41 :25. 1978.

Barbula vinealis var. flaccidus B.S.G!, Bryol. Eur. 2 : 86. 1842 (fasc. 13-

15 Mon. 24).

Leaves long-lanceolate, to 4.0 mm long, often flexuose or twisted when wet;

Source - MNHN. Paris

418 В.Н. ZANDER

leaf apex narrowly acute to blunt, grooved adaxially; laminal margins plane above

midleaf; upper laminal cells 7-10 um wide, usually distinctly papillose, walls

usually thin, upper marginal cells usually unistratose. n = 13 or 13 + 1m. Illus-

tration : Pl. V, fig. 8.

The var. flaccidus is red-brown with KOH. I agree with STEERE's (1938)

evaluation that «the longer and much more flexuous leaves, which are less

strongly revolute, and the more papillose cells...» are characteristic of this

taxon; STEERE, who treated this under the name Barbula cylindrica (Tayl.)

Schimp., also recognized a degree of intergradation with what is here var. vinea-

lis, such being more apparent in the south of its range in North America.

Habitat : soil, rock, to 3000 m elevation.

Distribution : California.

Range : western U.S.A., western Canada, Europe, northern Africa, Asia.

EXCLUDED NAMES

Barbula and Didymodon species reported for Mexico and California that

have not been previously treated (ZANDER 1978a, b, 1979) are discussed

below, together with a few other names of taxa from Central America or the

Antilles.

Barbula lonchostega C. Muell., Bull. Herb. Boiss. 5 : 195. 1897. Type: Guatemala,

between Cubulco and Soyabaji, Bernoulli & Cario 104 (NY - isotype). = Bar-

bula indica (Hook.) Spreng. emend. Zander (1979) (syn. nov.).

Barbula graminicolor C. Muell., a synonym of Didymodon australasiae (Hook. &

Grev.) Zander, was reported from Mexico (BESCHERELLE 1872) on the

basis of a specimen (Veracruz, Orizaba, Liebmann s. n. - BM!) that is actually

Barbula orizabensis C. Muell.

Barbula lurida Hornsch. in Mart. This is a Brazilian species reported (CRUM

1951) from Mexico based on a specimen (Nuevo León, Hacienda Hermosa,

Harvey 1061 - MICH!) that proved to be Barbula arcuata Griff. The former

name may, however, be a synonym and predates the latter.

Barbula saint-pierrei Ther., Rev. Bryol. et Lichénol. 5 (1932) :97. 1933. Туре:

Mexico, D.F., Cuautzin, Saint-Pierre 1879 (NY, PC - isotypes). — Bryoery-

throphyllum ferruginascens (Stirt.) Giac. (syn. nov.).

Didymodon filicaulis Card., Rev. Bryol. 37 : 126. 1910. Type : Mexico, México,

Ixtaccihuatl, Purpus 3721 (PC - holotype; NY - isotype). = Bryoerythrophyl-

lum recurvirostre (Hedw.) Chen var. recurvirostre (syn. nov.), malformed

leaves.

Didymodon juniperinus (C. Muell.) Broth., a Peruvian species, was reported

(BOWERS et al. 1973) from Mexico on the basis of a specimen (Puebla,

Sharp 948-a - ТЕММ!) that proved to be Oxystegus tenuirostris (Hook. &

Tayl.) A.J.E. Sm. var. tenuirostris.

Source : MNHN. Paris

DIDYMODON IN MEXICO AND CALIFORNIA 419

Didymodon planifolius P. Varde & Thér., Rev. Bryol. Lichénol. 14 : 11. 1944.

Type : Haiti, Morne de la Selle, Eckman 3178 (MICH). — Trichostomum

brachydontium Bruch in F.A. Muell. (syn. nov.).

Husnotiella obtusifolia (Hampe) Zander. This combination (ZANDER 1977)

has proved to be inappropriate and the correct name for the taxon is Gyro-

weisia obtusifolia Broth. (nom. nov. for Trichostomum obtusifolium Hampe,

1870, hom. Шер. non T. obtusifolium P. Beauv., 1805). Relationship to the

genus Husnotiella (treated here as a synonym of Didymodon and for which

the generitype is D. revolutus) was misevaluated because of similarities in leaf

shape and papillae; mixture of G. obtusifolia and D. revolutus in the type of

G. papillosa Thér., a synonym, and in other specimens; both species have

leaf margins bistratose in small patches, convex adaxial costal surfaces and

quadrate .adaxial costa cells; and because of the fact that specimens of D.

revolutus may rarely have plane leaf margins. Gyroweísia obtusifolia differs

from D. revolutus by the following combination of characters : capsule

microstomous, annulus revoluble or adherent; peristome red-brown, some-

what twisted, teeth long, filamentous and acute; leaves ligulate, plane, basal

cells enlarged, swollen, hyaline and thin-walled; adaxial costal cells short-

rectangular to elongate; costa with two stereid bands (the adaxial one occasio-

nally substereid), Although my comments (ZANDER 1977) that Gyroweisia

is a «wastebasket» genus still hold, С. obtusifolia can be refered to the genus

Gyroweisia by the following combination of characters : annulus often

revoluble; peristome teeth short; leaves occasionally cucullate, margins plane,

basal cells much enlarged; costa subpercurrent, adaxial costal cells occasio-

nally elongate: upper laminal cell papillae several over each lumen each side.

SUMMARY OF NEW SYNONYMS

(Basionyms arranged by epithet; emendations refer to this paper unless otherwise noted)

Barbula altiseta Card. =Didymodon rigidulus Hedw. emend. Zander

B. bescherellei var. crassinervia Thér. =D. rigidulus Hedw. emend. Zander

B. bescherellei var. stenocarpa Card. =D. rigidulus Hedw. emend. Zander

В. bourgaeana Besch. — D. vinealis (Brid.) Zander emend. Zander

D. craspedophyllus Card. = D. australasiae (Hook. & Grev.) Zander emend. Zander

B. erythropoda Schimp. ex Besch. =D. rigidulus Hedw. emend, Zander

D. filicaulis Card, = Bryoerythrophyllum recurvirostre (Hedw.) Chen var. recurvirostre

B. flaccidiseta Lor. =D. rigidulus Hedw. emend. Zander

D. fusco-viridis Card. = D. rigidulus Hedw. emend. Zander

B. godmaniana C. Muell. =D. rigidulus Hedw. emend. Zander

B. gracilescens Schimp. ex Besch. — D. rigidulus Hedw. emend. Zander

B. graciliformis Schimp. ex Besch. =D. rigidulus Hedw. emend. Zander

B. graminicolor C. Muell. = D. australasiae (Hook. & Grev.) Zander emend. Zander

D. heribaudii Card. = D. rigidulus Hedw. emend. Zander

B. lagunicola C. Muell. =D. rigidulus Hedw. emend. Zander

B. leptocarpa Besch. = D. rigidulus Hedw. emend. Zander

B. lonchostega C. Muell. = В. indica (Hook.) Spreng. emend. Zander (1979)

B. lozanoi Card. — D. vinealis (Brid.) Zander emend. Zander

D. mexicanus Besch. = D. rigidulus Hedw. emend. Zander

Source : MNHN, Paris

420 В.Н. ZANDER

B. mobilis C. Muell. =D. rigidulus Hedw. emend. Zander

Tortula olivacea Besch. ex Миг. =D. vinealis (Brid.) Zander emend. Zander

D. patentifolius Thér. = Р. australasiae (Hook. & Grev.) Zander emend. Zander

D. planifolius P. Varde & Thér. = Trichostomum brachydontium Bruch in F.A. Muell.

D. pusillus Card., hom. illeg. =D. rigidulus Hedw. emend. Zander

Trichostomum ramulosum Schimp. ex Besch. = D. rigidulus Hedw. emend. Zander

rectifolia Tayl. = D. vinealis (Brid.) Zander emend. Zander

rigidula Besch., hom. Шер. =D. rigidulus Hedw. emend. Zander

saint-pierrei Thér. — Bryoerythrophyllum ferruginascens (Stirt.) Giac.

salazarensis Thér. = D. vinealis (Brid.) Zander emend. Zander

strictidens C. Muell. — D. rigidulus Hedw. emend. Zander

subteretiuscula Card. =D. rigidulus Hedw. emend. Zander

teretiuscula Schimp. ex C. Muell, =D. rigidulus Hedw. emend. Zander

torquescens Card. =D, australasiae (Hook. & Grev.) Zander emend. Zander

viridissimus Card. — D. rigidulus Hedw. emend. Zander

sect. Craspedophyllon Card. =D. sect. Asteriscium (C. Muell.) Zander

BLESSE EEE

REFERENCES

ANDERSON L.E., 1954 — Hoyer's Solution as a rapid mounting medium for bryophytes.

Bryologist 57 : 242-244.

BARTRAM E.B., 1949 — Mosses of Guatemala. Fieldiana, Bot. 25 : 1-442.

BESCHERELLE E., 1872 — Prodromus Bryologiae Mexicanae ou énumération des mousses

du Mexique avec description des espéces nouvelles. Mém. Soc. Nat. Sci. Nat. Cherbourg

16 :144-256.

BOWERS F.D., SHARP А.]., ROBINSON H., 1973 — Additional mosses from Costa Rica

and Mexico. Bryologist 76 : 447-450.

BRIDEL S.E., 1798 — Muscologia recentiorum seu Analysis, historia et descriptio metho-

dica omnium muscorum frondosorum hucusque cognitorum ad normam Hedwigii. Vol.

II, part 1. Gotha.

СКОМ H.A., 1951 — The Appalachian-Ozarkian Element in the Moss Flora of Mexico with

a Check-list of All Known Mexican Mosses. Dissertation, University of Michigan, Ann

Arbor, Michigan, USA. University Microfilms, Ann Arbor, Michigan, USA.

СКОМ Н.А, STEERE W.C., ANDERSON LE, 1973 — A new list of mosses of North

America north of Mexico. Bryologist 76 : 85-130.

CRUNDWELL AC, NYHOLM E., 1965 — The status of Barbula valida and its relationship

то B. acuta. Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 59 : 211-215.

DIXON HN., 1924 — The Student's Handbook of British Mosses. Ed, 3. London.

FLOWERS S. 1973 —Mosses : Utah and the West. Provo, Utah (USA), Brigham Young

University Press.

GROUT AJ., 1928-1940 — Moss Flora of North America North of Mexico. 3 Volumes.

Newfane, Vermont (USA).

HEDWIG J., 1789-1792 — Descriptio et adumbratio microscopico-analytica muscorum

frondosorum nec non aliorum vegetantium e classe cryptogamica Linnaei novorum

dubiisque vexatorum. Vol. II, 1789, Vol, III, 1792. Leipzig.

HEDWIG J., 1801 — Species muscorum frondosorum descriptae et tabulis aeneis coloratis

illustratae. Leipzig.

Source - MNHN. Paris

DIDYMODON IN MEXICO AND CALIFORNIA 421

HERZOG T., 1907 — Studien über den Formenkreis des Trichostomum mutabile Br. Nova

Acta Acad. Caes. Leop.-Carol. German. Nat. Cur. 73 (3) : 453-481, tab. 6-12.

HESLOP-HARRISON J., 1960 — New Concepts in Flowering-Plant Taxonomy. Cambridge.

Harvard University Press.

ISOVIITA P., 1966 — Studies on Sphagnum L, I. Nomenclatural revision of the European

taxa. Ann. Bot. Fenn. 3 : 199-264,

KOCH L.F., 1950 — Mosses of California : An annoted list of species. Leaflets of Western

Botany 6 :140.

KOPONEN T., 1968 — Generic revision of Mniaceae Mitt, (Bryophyta). Ann. Bot. Fenn. 5 :

1174151.

KOPONEN Т. 1979 — Miscellaneous notes on Mniaceae (Bryophyta). IV. Typification of

Hedwig’s species of Mniaceae. Ann. Bot. Fenn. 16 : 79-89.

KOPONEN T., ISOVIITA P., LAMMES T., 1977 — The bryophytes of Finland : An annota-

ted checklist. Flora Fenn. 6 : 1-77,

LAWTON E., 1971 — Moss Flora of the Pacific Northwest. Nichinan (Japan), The Hattori

Botanical Laboratory.

LIMPRICHT K.G., 1890 — Die Laubmoose Deutschlands, Oesterreichs und der Schweiz.

Vol. I. Leipzi

LINDBERG $.O., 1864 - Om de Europeiska Trichostomeae. Öfvers. Förh. Kongl. Svenska

Vetensk.-Akad. 21 : 213-254.

MOENKEMEYER W., 1927 — Die Laubmoose Europas, Leipzig.

NYHOLM E., 1956 — Illustrated Moss Flora of Fennoscandia. П. Musci. Fasc. П. Lund

(Sweden).

PROCTOR M.C.F., 1979 — Structure and eco-physiological adaptation in bryophytes. In :

CLARKE GCS., DUCKETT J.G. : Bryophyte Systematics. New York, Academic

Press, pp. 479-509.

ROBINSON H., 1967 — Preliminary studies on the bryophytes of Colombia. Bryologist 70 :

161.

ROBINSON H. 1970 — А revision of the moss genus Trichostomopsis. Phytologia 20 :

184-191.

SAITO К. 1975 — A monograph of Japanese Pottiaceae (Musci). J. Hattori Bot. Lab. 39 :

373-537.

SMITH А.].Е. 1978 — The Moss Flora of Britain and Ireland. Cambridge. Cambridge

University Press.

SMITH G.L. 1971 — Conspectus of the genera of Polytrichaceae. Mem. New York Bot.

Gard. 21 (3) :1-83.

STAFLEU F.A. (ed.), 1978 — International Code of Botanical Nomenclature Adopted by

the Twelfth International Botanical Congress, Leningrad, July 1975. Utrecht, Bohn,

Scheltema & Holkema.

STEERE W.C., 1938 — Barbula In : GROUT A.J. : Moss Flora of North America North of

Mexico, Vol. 1. Newfane, Vermont (USA), pp. 173-185.

VAN DER WIJK R., MARGADANT W.D., FLORSCHÜTZ P.A., 1959-1969 — Index Mus-

corum. 5 Volumes. Utrecht.

VITT DH., 1981 — The genus Macrocoma 1. Typification of names and taxonomy of the

species. Bryologist «1980» 1981, 83 (4) :405-436.

WILLIAMS R S., 1913 — The genus Husnotiella Cardot. Bryologist 16 : 25.

Source : MNHN. Paris

422 В.Н. ZANDER

ZANDER RH., 1977 — The tribe Pleuroweisieae (Pottiaceae, Musci) in Middle America,

Bryologist 80 : 233-269.

ZANDER RH., 1978a — New combinations in Didymodon (Musci) and a key to the taxa

in North America North of Mexico. Phytologia 41 : 11-32.

ZANDER RH., 1978Ь —A synopsis of Bryoerythrophyllum and Morinia (Pottiaceae)

in the New World. Bryologist 81 : 539-560.

ZANDER RH., 1978c — Didymodon luridus Hornsch. in Spreng. replaces D. trifarius

(Hedw.) Roehl, (=Saelania glaucescens (Hedw.) Broth.). Bryologist 81 : 421-423.

ZANDER ВН. 1979 —Notes on Barbula and Pseudocrossidium (Bryopsida) in North

America and an annotated key to the taxa. Phytologia 44 : 177-214.

ZANDER RH, 1980 — Acid-base color reactions : the status of Triquetrella ferruginea,

Barbula inaequalifolia and В. calcarea. Bryologist 38 : 228-233,

Source : MNHN. Paris

423

ESTUDIO BRIOSOCIOLOGICO

DE LAS COMUNIDADES REOFILAS DE SIERRA NEVADA

(ESPANA)

J.A. GIL & J. VARO*

RÉSUMÉ. — On fait une étude bryosociologique des groupements rhéophiles de la Sierra

Nevada, avec la description des associations suivantes : Scapanietum undulatae Schwickerath

1944, Dichodontietum pellucidi v. Hübschmann 1967, Fontinaleto-Pachyfissidentetum

grandifrondis W. Koch 1936, à rattacher à la classe Platyhypnidio-Fontinaletea Philippi

1956.

De méme on a étudié les groupements rheophiles alpins de la classe Hygrohypnetea v.

Hübschmann 1957, avec les associations Schistidio-Hygrohypnetum dilatati Geissler 1976

et Solenostomo-Hygrohypnetum Geissler 1976.

GENERALIDADES

1. Geología y climatología. — El desarollo de Sierra Nevada como conjunto

montañoso netamente individualizado, tiene lugar principalmente durante el

Plioceno y, es en el Cuaternario cuando los períodos activos periglaciares deter-

minan el decisivo modelado de su relieve. El resultado es una zona 6 región

central constituida por micasquistos, que poseen un considerable contenido

en granates y grafitos, además de cuarcitas, gneis, anfibolitas, serpentinitas y

mármoles, materiales de edad anterior a la era secundaria; este nücleo central

queda envuelto por una zona periférica u orla calizo-dolomítica del Triásico.

Las diferencias altitudinales determinan las lógicas variaciones climáticas;

asi, las zonas comprendidas en el piso supramediterraneo (RIVAS MARTINEZ,

1981) registran una precipitación media anual de 650 mm (a 1084 m), mientras

las zonas situadas en el piso oromediterráneo (2000 m) suelen sobrepasar los

* Departamento de Botánica, Facultad de Ciencias, Universidad de Granada, España,

Cryptogamie, Bryol. Lichénol., 1981, 2, 4 : 423-440.

Source : MNHN. Paris

^ J.A. GIL & J. VARO

900 mm (по se dispone de datos pluviométricos fiables para el crioromediterrá-

neo, es decir, entre 2800 y 3000 m). La temperatura media anual del piso

mesomediterráneo es de 15,8°C (a 900 m), descendiendo a 4,7°C (a 2700 m)

en el límite entre los pisos oro- y crioromediterráneo, Para las zonas situadas

entre 2000 y 2500 m la duración de la nieve comprende de cuatro a cinco

meses al año, mientras que en altitudes superiores oscila entre siete y ocho

meses y permaneciendo de forma permanente tan sólo en algunos ventisqueros.

2. Hidrografía e hidrología. — La mayoría de los cursos nevadenses tienen

sus nacimientos a partir de lagunas que proceden del deshielo estando situadas,

entre 2700 y 3000 m, al pié de accidentadas crestas que denotan las huellas

dejadas en la montaña por los glaciares cuaternarios del Pleistoceno; los ríos

procedentes de ellas muestran caracteres erosivos incompletos, de lo que se

deduce la fase de inmadurez que aún poseen, susceptibles por tanto de trans-

formarse y desgastarse todavia más.

En las cuencas nevadenses el deshielo actúa como regulador del caudal, ya

que las cantidades sustraidas en los meses de máxima precipitación son luego

aportadas en los meses de mayor sequía. Los ríos nevadenses poseen pues, un

régimen de tipo pluvial pero de intensa influencia nival en verano, haciéndose

torrenciales y de caudal constante en sus tramos más elevados (entre 2000 y

3000 m); sin embargo en los tramos medio y basal, el caudal experimenta

notables variaciones desde principios a final del estío, También se aprecia un

fuerte contraste respecto a las temperaturas y calidades quimico-biolögicas

de las aguas, frías (rara vez superan 4°C), it (РН = 4,5-5) y oligótrofas

al principio, haciendose después más cälidas (10°C), mesötrofas y de pH próximo

a la neutralidad.

ESTUDIO BRIOSOCIOLOGICO

Los trabajos briosociológicos realizados por KRAJINA (1933), HÜBSCH-

MANN (1953, 1957, 1967, 1973), PHILIPPI (1956, 1965), HERTEL (1974) y

GEISSLER (1976), constituyen la base de nuestro estudio sobre las comuni-

dades reöfilas nevadenses, agrupándolas para ello en las clases Platyhypnidio-

Fontinaletea Philippi 1956 e Hygrohypnetea v. Hübschmann 1957.

Ambas clases se caracterizan por ser hidrofilo-reófilas y pioneras en la colo-

nización de cursos de agua, Son pobres en especies y particularmente sensibles

a diversos factores limitantes (contaminación, fuertes oscilaciones del caudal,

variaciones del pH, etc), por lo que habitualmente presentan un desarrollo

fragmentario.

GEISSLER (1976) ha establecido en los Alpes suizos una disposición catenal

de ambas clases, localizändose la clase Hygrohypnetea entre los pisos alpino y

subalpino centroeuropeos (no desciende por debajo de 1300 m), mientras que la

clase Platyhypnidio-Fontinaletea se halla relegada a los pisos montano y colino.

Source : MNHN. Paris

COMUNIDADES REOFILAS DE SIERRA NEVADA 425

Esta situaciôn no se reproduce tan exactamente en Sierra Nevada, pues а partir

de los inventarios levantados por encima de 2400 m, se puede comprobar la

presencia de una u otra clase con independencia de su altitud. Probablemente la

latitud del macizo nevadense determina que ambas clases se hallen interpuestas

en el seno de los pisos oromediterráneo y crioromeditarráneo, actuando como

factor limitante en el establecimiento de las mismas la mayor o menor torren-

cialidad del agua.

1. CLASE PLATYHYPNIDIO-FONTINALETEA Philippi 1956

Las comunidades reofilo-acidéfilas del piso montano centroeuropeo se han

incluido tradicionalmente en la clase Brachythecietea plumosi v. Hübschmann

1957, así como las basöfilas de llanuras en la clase Fontinaletea antipyreticae

v. Hübschmann 1957; no obstante, a partir de los estudios realizados por PHI-

LIPPI (1956) y HERTEL (1974), ambas clases podrían quedar reunidas en una

única clase Platyhypnidio-Fontinaletea Philippi 1956. Dicha clase está repre-

sentada en Sierra Nevada por los ordenes Brachythecietalia plumosi Philippi

1956 y Leptodyctietalia прати Philippi 1956.

1.1. ORDEN BRACHYTHECIETALIA PLUMOSI Philippi 1956

Se halla representado por la alianza de comunidades sumergidas y acidófilas

Scapanion undulatae Philippi 1956. La alianza de comunidades anfibias y acidó-

filas Racomitrion acicularis Krusenstjerna 1945 no alcanza su óptimo en Sierra

Nevada, pues el deshielo mantiene constante el nivel de los ríos en los tramos

superiores, así como el carácter básico del agua en los tramos basales impide

el establecimiento de la comunidad. La alianza Scapanion undulatae está repre-

sentada a su vez por la asociación Scapanietum undulatae Schwickerath 1944.

A) ASOCIACION SCAPANIETUM UNDULATAE Schwickerath 1944

Estructura y composición florística ; tab. 1. Origen de los inventarios :

tab. 1. № 1, 11 : 2840, 2800 m - Rio Dílar : 4.9.74. № 2, 3, 14 : 2380, 3000,

2850 m - Rio Seco : 6.8.75, N° 4, 5, 6 : 2450, 2600, 2400 m - Chorreras del

Monte Cuna : 26.7.75. N° 7, 8, 9 : 1800, 1860, 2900 m - Arroyo de la Ragua :

21.6.76. N° 10, 12 : 2700, 2900 m - Siete Lagunas : 13.8.76. № 13 : 2700 m -

Rio Trevélez : 13.8.76.

Sinecología. — Comunidad acidéfila y fotéfila, de aguas frías que rara vez

sobrepasan los 15°C de temperatura media, y que no soporta fuertes variaciones

hidrostáticas; es por esto que suele situarse sobre esquistos sumergidos o semi-

sumergidos, que constituyen los tramos superiores de los ríos de Sierra Nevada

(1800-3000 m), preferentemente en estaciones donde la escorrentia no es

excesivamente torrencial. 4

Sinfisionomía. — Comunidad abierta (cobertura media = 619/o), para una

Source : MNHN. Paris

426 Т.А. GIL & J. VARO

Minero de invgntario ue He pe E E ИРИ Ce

Superficie (dm?) 12 10 16 10 12 16 15 12 18 11 12 25 18 16

Cobertura(x) 60 40 40 30 80 80 70 то 70 60 60 60 60 80

Exposición WR OQ SE з E Mi apo SO EK OM e

Tnelinaciön(®) 90 10 20 0 45 45 45 90 90 90 10 60 90 60

Sustrato Xj eM) Or Им Жы ы Me Go Музеи (М

Número de especies hart ЧЕ de d а:

Característica de asociación y alianza(Scopontetum unduLotae, Scapanion

UnduLotae!

Scapanta undulata TOUR TE RE IS E

Características de unidades superiores (Brochythecietolio pLumosL, PLotuhupnidio-

FontinoLeteo] :

Brachythectun rtvutore Е JE, Щщ. EN

SchLstidlum rivulare WT ў > R Ps o

Fontinalis ontipyretica sut S 4 Е ae > ptt

GTA ME RE Zë № ле н. ër a Ae, т 1

Dichodontiun pellucidum ee Ma Of tero er К x

Compañeras

Bryum schleichert Май» т... PR A

PhiLonotie sertota mM

SoLenostoms cordifoliun И TIROL MINI PESCE T 1

Crotoneuron decipiens eub И ei rn que IT LS E 1

Chyloseyphus palyantnus

war. eivularts dard scies C eer e M би 1

Leyenda: M-Micasquistos

Tab. 1 — Scapanietum undulatae Schwickerath 1944.

superficie de inventarios media de 14 dm?, con un nümero específico medio

de 2,9 (variaciones de 2 a 5). La asociación viene esencialmente configurada

en su fisionomía por los Bryochamaephyta reptantia, Scapania undulata y

Brachythecium rivulare, aspecto que se halla reforzado por las restantes especies

de la asociación como, Platyhypnidium riparioides y Fontinalis antipyretica.

La ünica especie de biótipo cespitoso, Schistidium rivulare, no alcanza índices

suficientemente grandes que puedan influir en forma decisiva en la fisionomia.

Lo más destacable en la fisionomía de la asociación es su carácter fragmentario,

pues son pocas las veces que pueden inventariarse la totalidad de las especies

diferenciales.

Sindinämica. — Las especies pioneras Scapania undulata (V) y Brachythecium

rivulare (III) son las que tienden a ocupar el mayor área posible en las rocas

sumergidas. El desarrollo de las restantes especies de la comunidad es fragmen-

tario y variable, pues mientras Fontinalis antipyretica (П) suele establecerse

en lugares algo protegidos del impacto directo de la corriente, Schistidium

rivulare (П) y Platyhypnidium riparioides (1) prefieren sin embargo estaciones

donde es superior la torrencialidad del agua. Es precisamente en dichas estacio-

nes donde se produce el tránsito hacia las comunidades de Hygrohypnetea,

Source : ММНМ. Paris

COMUNIDADES REOFILAS DE SIERRA NEVADA 427

la mayor parte de las veces hacia Schistidio-Hygrohypnetum dilatati Geissler

1976; sélo en aquellas estaciones donde la escorrentia no es excesivamente

grande, la comunidad evoluciona hacia Solenostomo-Hygrohypnetum Geissler

1976.

En rocas próximas a los bordes de los ríos, la asociación es rápidamente

invadida por las comunidades de la alianza Montion (Br. Bl. 1925) Maas 1959,

produciéndose la sucesión desde comunidades saxicolas y pioneras hacia comuni-

dades helofiticas, terri-saxicolas y terricolas secundarias.

Sintaxonomía. — La asociación descrita por SCHWICKERATH (1944), fué

posteriormente confirmada por KRUSENSTJERNA (1945) quien la incluyó en

la alianza Racomitrion acicularis. Sin embargo, el carácter anfibio de que

goza esta alianza determinó que PHILIPPI (1956) situara a la asociación en su

nueva alianza Scapanion undulatae, más acorde con la tendencia de la misma

a permanecer sumergida.

Sincorología. — La asociación se halla ampliamente distribuida en Europa,

con preferencias en las zonas montafiosas de Centroeuropa y regiones escandi-

navas. También ha sido descrita por HUBSCHMANN (1971) en la isla de Madera.

En la Península Ibérica disponemos de algunas referencias en estudios realizados

por V. et P. ALLORGE (1947) y CASAS (1958); a partir de dichos trabajos

se deduce una distribución adscrita a las regiones de abundante precipitación

y sustrato ácido, como Galicia, noroeste de Portugal y afloramientos graníticos

de las montañas astures, vascas y catalanas, sierras de Guadarrama y Albarracín.

En el sur de la Península sólo tenemos las referencias de У. et Р, ALLORGE

(1945) para las sierras de Algeciras, lo que unido a nuestra cita correspondería

a su localisación más meridional en Europa.

1.2. ORDEN LEPTODYCTIETALIA RIPARII Philippi 1956

El orden de comunidades basófilas Leptodyctietalia riparii, está representado

en Sierra Nevada por la alianza de comunidades anfibias submontanas Brachy-

thecion rivularis Hertel 1974, y probablemente la alianza de comunidades

sumergidas Fontinalion antipyreticae Koch 1936.

La alianza Brachythecion rivularis comprende asociaciones anfibias, capaces

de resistir un período de desecación más o menos prolongado. En las zonas

basales de la sierra, los caudales acusan extremadas fluctuaciones durante el

verano, llegando en ocasiones a una sequía casi total, con lo que se anula el

posible desarrollo de la alianza; en las partes altas sin embargo el aforo es conti-

nuo, por lo que apenas si varía el caudal. En consecuencia, las estaciones que

potencialmente debiera ocupar la alianza son normalmente colonizadas por

Scapanion undulatae о Montion, exceptuando algunos nichos más protegidos

de la corriente en que se establece Brachythecion rivularis, representada por la

asociación Dichodontietum pellucidi v. Hübschmann 1967.

La presencia de la alianza Fontinalion antipyreticae se manifiesta probable-

mente mediante la asociación Fontinaleto-Pachyfissidentetum grandifrondis

Source : MNHN, Paris

428 J.A.GIL & J. VARO

Koch 1936, comunidad que permanece sumergida gran parte del año y de

netas preferencias basófilas. Sin embargo, de acuerdo con lo expresado por

BOROS (1968) y HERTEL (1974), hay que tener presente que la especie

que da nombre a la alianza, Fontinalis antipyretica, es en realidad indiferente

respecto del pH (entre 5,4 y 7,7). Todo ello hace de la alianza en cuestión

una unidad sintaxonómica incierta y heterogénea; no obstante, seguimos adop-

tando de momento la tradicional inclusión de Fontinaleto-Pachyfissidentetum

grandifrondis dentro de la alianza Fontinalis antipyreticae.

Dicha alianza está ausente de la zona esquistosa de la sierra, relegándose a

las formaciones calizas basales, donde alcanza un precario desarrollo en conse-

cuencia а la escasa calidad biológica de las aguas así como por las fuertes

variaciones de los caudales en el período estival.

B) ASOCIACION DICHODONTIETUM PELLUCIDI v. Hübschmann 1967

Estructura y composición florística : tab. 2, Origen de los inventarios : tab. 2.

№ 1, 2, 10 : 2880 m. N° 3 : 2870 m - Laguna de las Yeguas : 2.8.73. N° 4:

2770 m. № 5, 8, 9: 2700 m - Rio Guarnón : 10.7.76. № 6, 7 : 2450, 2470 m -

Rio Maitena : 13.7.77.

Sinecología . — Asociación reófila que muestra notables diferencias ecológi-

cas respecto a otras comunidades de carácter semejante. Estas diferencias son,

unà patente esciofília que provoca su localización en oquedades protegidas y

wmbrías, un marcado carácter anfibio que le hace mostrarse sumergida en los

primeros momentos del estío y expuesta a desecación en los meses finales;

por ültimo, es asimismo notable su indiferencia respecto del pH del agua. Dicho-

dontietum pellucidi responde pues a un comportamiento higro-hidrófilo, esció-

filo e indiferente respecto al sustrato, a diferencia de las otras asociaciones

reófilas de carácter exclusivamente hidrófilo, fotófilo y acidófilo estricto.

Sinfisionomía, — A la diferencia de la comunidad anterior, Dichodontietum

pellucidi se muestra como asociación un tanto más cerrada (cobertura media

= 519/0), para una superficie de inventarios media de 12,3 dm? , con un número

específico medio de 4 (variaciones de 2 a 6). Asimismo, las diferencias fisiond-

micas se ven potenciadas por el predominio que establece Dichodontium pelluci-

dum (V) (briocaméfito cespitoso-pulvinular) sobre los briocaméfitos reptantes,

como Cratoneuron decipiens (П), Brachythecium rivulare (II), Cratoneuron

commutatum var. irrigatum (П), Solenostoma pumilum (П) у Solenostoma

cordifolium (11).

Sindinámica. — La asociacion descrita por HUBSCHMANN (1967), posee

entre otras las siguientes especies : Dichodontium pellucidum, Platyhypnidium

riparioides, Schistidium rivulare, Scapania undulata у Brachythecium rivulare;

de todas ellas, la única que aparece regularmente en la asociación nevadense

es Dichodontium pellucidum, pues Brachythecium rivulare está presente tan

solo en cuatro de los inventarios, Es evidente por otra parte la presencia de un

elevado nümero de especies, compañeras de las anteriores, que en su mayoría

Source : ММНМ. Paris

COMUNIDADES REOFILAS DE SIERRA NEVADA

429

tienen carácter terricola o terrisaxícola, así como un comportamiento meso-

higrófilo. La mayor parte de ellas pertenecen a diferentes asociaciones de

Montio-Cardaminetea Br. Bl. et Tx. 1943, que son las que generalmente

la clase

ocupan

las estaciones potencialmente colonizables por la asociación Dichodontietum

pellucidi. En definitiva, podemos concluir que en Sierra Nevada sólo disponemos

de una representación fragmentaria de la asociación estudiada,

Nümero de inventario qq qa "eg gt our Legg d

Superficie(dm ) 12 10 10 10 12 20 10 15 12 12

Cobertura(%) 70 60 40 40 80 80 60 30 30 20

Exposición NE ON N N N NE ON N N м

Inelinación(?) 40 70 80 70 80 40 5 90 90 60

Sustrato MOM M M M M M M OM

Nümero de especies quer fl Een EE С ЕЕ

Caracteristica de asociación:

Dichodontium pellucidum

fo. fogimontonum [UE a т Па

Características de unidades superiores (Brochythecion rivularis,

Leptodyctietalia riporii,Plotyhyenidio-Fontinaleteo)

Brachytnectum rlvüLene “а „1. E e e

Scoponio undulata e e er SET E

Compañeras :

Solenostomo cordifoltum + + + + + + + 2 1 .

Solenostoma pumiLum UR з, ж, CR eg uie EE

Bryum schleicheri O cT АБ eS

Crotoneuron decipiens pues LE рч,

Crotoneuron commutotum

var. Lrrigatum qM woe oe to oem

Philonotis seriota Gomes cx A aen ie

AmphidLum mougeotit i cim oem pole СРОКА NES

Leyenda: M-Micasquistos

Tab. 2. — Dichodontietum pellucidi v. Hübschmann 1967.

Sintaxonomía. — Dado su carácter montano la asociación fué incl

її

III

luida en

la alianza Scapanion undulatae por НОВЗСНМАММ (1967). Dicho autor (1973),

reestructura la sintaxonomia de las comunidades briofíticas reófilas y e

n conso-

Source : MNHN. Paris

430 J.A.GIL & J. VARO

папсіа con su carácter anfibio sitúa a la asociación en la alianza Racomitrion

acicularis. Sin embargo, este sintaxon sólo reúne asociaciones estrictamente

acidófilas, lo que no es consecuente con la indiferencia que manifiesta Dicho-

dontietum pellucidi respecto al sustrato: este aspecto ya ha sido anteriormente

reseñado por HÜBSCHMANN (1967, 1973).

La presencia simultánea de Dichodontium pellucidum y Brachythecium

rivulare que evidencia nuestra asociación, constituye para nosotros un aspecto

bastante significativo, pues también se puede constatar en las comunidades

reófilas estudiadas por HERZOG (1944), HÜBSCHMANN (1973), NORR

(1969) y HERTEL (1974). Todo ello nos parece lógico, si consideramos que

Brachythecium rivulare también se comporta como anfibia e indiferente al

sustrato. La cocxistencia de ambas, parece relacionada con una tendencia por

parte de las especies de Montio-Cardaminetea para invadir las comunidades ya

establecidas de Dichodontietum pellucidi. En este sentido, en opinión de

HÜBSCHMANN (1973), Brachythecium rivulare sería más bien un vínculo

entre las comunidades briofiticas reófilas y las helofíticas de las alianzas Montion

(Br. Bl. 1925) Maas 1959, Cardaminion Maas 1959 y Cratoneurion commutati

W. Koch 1928. En consecuencia, la alianza Brachythecion rivularis incluiría

asociaciones que, como Dichodontietum pellucidi, representan la transición

entre las comunidades estrictamente reófilas, y las de la clase Montio-Cardami-

netea que están en intimo contacto con éllas.

Sincorología. — Según HÜBSCHMANN (1967), la asociación se extiende

por toda Europa en ríos de alta y media montaña, Cáucaso, Japón y América

del Norte. No conocemos con precisión su areal peninsular, pero la distribución

y características ecológicas de la especie directriz, permiten suponer su presencia

en algunas de las regiones montañosas del norte de la Península Ibérica.

€) ASOCIACION FONTINALETO-PACHYFISSIDENTETUM GRANDIFRONDIS

W. Koch 1936

Estructura y composición florística : tab. 3. Orígen de los inventarios : tab. 3.

N° 1 : 1000 m - Rio Genil : 13.2.76. № 2 al 8 : entre 1200 y 1370 m - Rio

Aguas Blancas : 20.4.77.

Sinecología. — Comunidad reófila que permanece siempre sumergida, coloni-

zadora de arroyos y ríos de aguas apenas contaminadas y ricas en cal (pH = 7-

8,5). Por tanto, actúan como factores limitantes la eutrofía del agua y la oscila-

ción del caudal.

Aunque de forma precaria, la asociación aparece en la orla calizo-dolomítica

basal de la sierra; el limitado desarrollo que alcanza se debe en parte a la fuerte

sequía estival, así como a la notable filtración y absorción de aguas que caracte-

riza a la topografía calcárea; existe además una extensa red de acequias y una

creciente contaminación.

Sinfisionomía. — La comunidad participa de un doble aspecto fisionómico,

Source - MNHN. Paris

COMUNIDADES REOFILAS DE SIERRA NEVADA

431

conferido por la presencia simultánea de Fissidens grandifrons (Bryochamae-

phyta caespitosa) (V) y Platyhypnidium riparioides (Bryochamaephyta reptantia)

(У). En cualquier caso, la asociación es abierta (cobertura media = 520/0), para

una superficie de inventarios media de 16,1 dm?, con un número específico

medio de 3,5 (variaciones de 2 a 5).

Nümero de inventario

superficie (dm)

Cobertura(%)

Exposición

Inclinacién

Sustrato

Namero de especies

Caracteristica de asociacié:

Fissidens grandifrons

Caracteristicas de unidades

Leptodyctietolio riparti,PlatyhypnLdio-Fontinaletea):

PLotghupnidium Fiparioides

Compañeras:

Cratoneuron commutatum

var. commutatum

Philonotis calcarea

Aptum nodiflorum

Nostoc Sp.

Cardamine sylvatica

Plagtomnium rostratum

Bryum pseudotriquetrum

Calizas

Leyend

Ке

№

Tab. 3. — Fontinaleto -Pachyfissidentetum grandifrondis W.

чоо =

№

аа

Koch 1936.

3,5

superiores(Fontinalion antipyreticae,

тїї

її

Sindinámica. — La asociación descrita por KOCH (1936) tiene como carac-

terísticas a Fissidens grandifrons y Fontinalis antipyretica. La comunidad

estudiada en Sierra Nevada sólo lleva la primera de estas especies, siendo el cauce

del río Aguas Blancas la única localidad conocida para dicha especie. La altitud

relativamente baja del nacimiento de este tío, así como el efecto del deshielo,

permite а sus aguas mantener un alto régimen de caudal además de una esti-

Source : MNHN. Paris

432 J.A.GIL & J, VARO

mable pureza y en consecuencia, condiciones idéneas para fijarse una especie

tan exigente como Fissidens grandifrons; es por tanto la especie pionera que,

junto a Platyhypnidium riparioides, inicia la colonización de las rocas sumergidas

en el cauce del río Aguas Blancas.

Las rocas próximas a los márgenes del río, muestran la sucesión de Fontina-

leto-Pachyfissidentetum grandifrondis hacia la alianza helofitico-basöfila Crato-

neurion commutati, con la que se halla en contacto e incluso solapada la mayo-

ría de las veces.

Sintaxonomía. — La asociación ha sido tradicionalmente incluida en la

alianza Fontinalion antipyreticae Koch 1936, de la clase Fontinaletea antipy-

reticae v. Hübschmann 1957. Sin embargo, en la reestructuración realizada

por HERTEL (1974), la alianza Fontinalion no se contempla de forma defini-

tiva, pues la especie directriz de la alianza, Fontinalis antipyretica, es realmente

indiferente al sustrato; en consecuencia, no es del todo satisfactoria la situación

de Fontinalion dentro del orden basófilo Leptodyctietalia riparii. Concluimos

de todo ello que es necesaria una posible reconsideración de la estructuración

de la clase Platyhypnidio-Fontinaletea.

Sincorología. — Se halla generalizada su presencia en los cauces de aguas

poco contaminadas de las llanuras calizas europeas. Los datos aportados por

P. ALLORGE (1947) nos hacen suponer su existencia en el occidente y centro

de la region cántabra, en las montañas calizas del País Vasco y en algunos

macizos de Levante y Andalucia, En la provincia Bética, la asociación ha sido

localizada en el lecho calizo del río Plines, próximo a Loja (Granada), plena-

mente desarrollada, aunque con Fontinalis duriaei sustituyendo a Fontinalis

antipyretica, creemos que como asociación vicariante meridional de Fontinaleto-

Pachyfissidentetum grandifrondis.

2. CLASE HYGROHYPNETEA v. Hübschmann 1957

Reúne aquellas comunidades réofilas de carácter alpino. Los estudios de

ALLORGE (1925), KRAJINA (1933), HÜBSCHMANN (1957), así como la

revisión realizada por GEISSLER (1976), nos han permitido el reconocimiento

y estudio de dicha clase en Sierra Nevada, estando representada por las asocia-

ciones Schistidio-Hygrohypnetum dilatati Geissler 1976 y Solenostomo-Hygro-

hypnetum Geissler 1976. Ambas asociaciones presentan el comportamiento

ecológico que caracteriza a la alianza Hygrohypnion Krajina 1933, es decir, una

gran adaptación frente a la torrencialidad del agua y acusada psicrofilia (los

valores medios de la temperatura del agua no llegan a superar los 8 С en verano);

las restantes características ecológicas coinciden en su mayor parte con las ya

descritas para la clase Platyhypnidio-Fontinaletea, puesto que ambas clases se

hallan directamente en contacto en Sierra Nevada.

Source : MNHN, Paris

COMUNIDADES REOFILAS DE SIERRA NEVADA 433

D) ASOCIACION SCHISTIDIO-HYGROHYPNETUM DILATATI Geissler 1976

Sinónimo : Hygrohypnetum dilatati tatrense Krajina 1933 p.p.

Estructura y composición floristica : tab. 4. Origen de los inventarios : tab. 4.

№ 1, 2, 3, 16, 17, 18 : 2700, 2760, 2600, 2840, 2680, 2650 m - Rio Dilar :

2.9.74. NO 4, 5 : 2370, 2380 m - Campos de Otero : 15.9.74. N° 6 : 3050 m -

Laguna de Aguas Verdes : 6.8.75. N° 7, 8, 9, 10 : 2950, 2890, 2870, 2840 т -

Rio Seco : 6.8.75. № 11, 19 : 2720, 2700 m - Вю Veleta : 26.8.75. № 12 :

2880 m - Laguna de las Yeguas : 2.8.73. N? 13, 14 : 2880, 2870 m - Rio Guar-

nón : 10.7.76. № 15 : 2720 m - Rio Trevélez : 17.8.76. № 20, 21 : 2950,

2900 m - Rio Lanjarón : 27.7.77. № 22, 23 : 2450, 2890 m - Rio Valdecasillas :

11.8.77.

Sinecología. — La característica fundamental de la asociación es su marcada

reofilia, situándose en forma preferente en los rápidos, allí donde la corriente

golpea más intensamente, Su carácter psicréfilo también es acentuado, siendo

normal su presencia en aguas cuya temperatura no supera un valor medio de

8°C. La asociación es asimismo acidófila, estando siempre sumergida o semi-

sumergida en los tramos silíceos comprendidos entre 2400 y 3000 m.

Sinfisionomía. — Comunidad abierta (cobertura media = 65,60/0), para

una superficie de inventarios media de 21 dm”, con un número específico

medio de 2,9 (variaciones de 2 a 5). La asociación generalmente presenta un

aspecto mixto, pues tiene lugar el contraste entre Hygrohypnum dilatatum

(Bryochamaephyta reptantia) y Schistidium rivulare (Bryochamaephyta caespi-

tosa), pues si bien las restantes especies de la comunidad (pertenecientes à la

clase Platyhypnidio-Fontinaletea) poseen un bidtipo rastrero, éstas no alcanzan

indices muy altos. Este equilibrio fisionómico se altera en la subasociación

Platyhypnidietosum; es decir, la entrada de Platyhypnidium riparioides (Bryo-

chamaephyta reptantia) se produce en tal grado, que llega a ocultar la super-

ficie previamente colonizada por las especies pioneras antes mencionadas.

Es asimismo significativa la forma fragmentaria en que suele presentarse la

asociación, en consecuencia con la considerable competencia que se establece

entre sus especies integrantes.

Sindinámica. — Hygrohypnum dilatatum (V) comunica un neto carácter

reófilo a la comunidad, estando generalmente asociada a élla Schistidium rivulare

(Ш) asimismo adaptada а la torrencialidad del río. Ambas especies зе comportan

pues, como pioneras en la colonización de rocas con una franca exposición a

la corriente. A las anteriores suelen agregarse después, aunque en forma espora-

dica, las especies que caracterizan a la clase Platyhypnidio-Fontinaletea, tales

como Brachythecium rivulare (П), Scapania undulata (П), Cladophora glomerata

(1), asi como Fontinalis antipyretica (1) en estaciones más protegidas: en todos

los casos va a ser la fuerza del agua, ya que no la temperatura, quien delimite

las estaciones a colonizar por las especies de una u otra clase.

Source : MNHN. Paris

Námero de inventario Голи вст ее

Superficie(dm ) 12 10 20 15 40 50 12 20 20

Cobertura(X) 30 70 70 60 90 70 40 50 80

Exposición NE NO NO N NS S SS

Inclinación(*) 45 40 10 60 70 90 50 45 70

Sustrato MMMM MM MOM OM

Námero de especies Ps s $4 s 32 4

Características de asociación y unidades superiores(Schistidio-Hygrohypnetum diLatati,Hygrohyenton

HygrohypnetaLta,Hygrohypnetea) :

Hygrohypnum diLototum аз: E а

Schistidium rivulare E e BAT упа

Diferencial de subasociacién(PLatyhypnidietosum) :

Platyhypnidium riparloides + + + + e + eoe

Especies de PLotyhypnidio-FontinoLeteo :

Brochythecium rivulare T nee SCH e

Scoponto undulata 5 5 пара на

Fontinalis antipyretica о а XM

Cladophora glomerata SEE CEE mI:

Compañeras:

Crotoneuron decipLens TIN EE э ЖЕШ.

Hygrohypnum ochroceum WE OS

Hygrohypnum Luridum JR 413.5

Porello cordaeana ge аи

Leyenda: M-Micasquistos

Tab. 4 — Schistidio-Hygrohypnetum dilatati Geissler 1976.

ко

21 22 25

30 20 40

40 80 80

S0 SE NO

50 70 60

мом м

Мм

diletati,

ара

^c SET

3 ET

тїт

її

РЕР

Омул ‘Le TD v'f

Source : ММНМ. Paris

COMUNIDADES REOFILAS DE SIERRA NEVADA 435

La transición hacia las comunidades de Montio-Cardaminetea se produce

en las rocas próximas a las márgenes del río, siendo generalmente Brachythecium

rivulare quien sirve de nexo entre las comunidades теб аз y las helófitas.

Finalmente, a medida que el río se va haciendo más caudaloso y como conse-

cuencia de un aumento progressivo en la temperatura del agua, en los pisos

inferiores de la sierra se produce la definitiva desaparición de Hygrohypnum

dilatatum, quedando tan solo Platyhypnidium riparioides (1) en poblaciones

puras que a veces participan también de la presencia de Brachythecium rivulare.

Por todo ello proponemos la subasociación Platyhypnidietosum riparioidis

(Holotypus : inventario n° 22, tab. 4) que caracterizaría los tramos a menor

altitud, es decir, en el límite del areal ocupado en nuestro territorio por la

asociación Schistidio-Hygrohypnetum dilatati.

Sintaxonomia. — La asociación es incluida por GEISSLER (1976) en la

alianza Hygrohypnion dilatati Krajina 1933, orden Hygrohypnetalia Krajina

1933, clase Hygrohypnetea v. Hübschmann 1957.

Sincorología. — La asociación ha sido localizada al este de los Alpes (AL-

LORGE, 1925), Trata (KRAJINA, 1933), Alpes Réticos (BRAUN BLANQUET,

1948) y recientemente al oeste de los Alpes (GEISSLER, 1976).

En relación a su distribución peninsular, ALLORGE (1947) hace referencia

а una comunidad de Hygrohypnum dilatatum e Hygrohypnum molle, propia

de los pisos montano y alpino de las montañas silicicolas de la Peninsula, si-

tuándola concretamente por encima de 1600 m en los Pirineos y Cordillera

Central, y por encima de 2500 m en Sierra Nevada. CASAS (1975) ha estable-

cido la corología peninsular de Hygrohypnum dilatatum, permitiéndonos supo-

ner la existencia de la comunidad en distintos macizos montañosos de la pro-

vincias de León, Soria, Lérida, Gerona y la estudiada por nosotros en Sierra

Nevada.

E) ASOCIACION SOLENOSTOMO-HYGROHYPNETUM Geissler 1976

Estructura y composición florística : tab. 5. Orígen de los inventarios : tab. 5.

№ 1 : 2880 m- Laguna de las Yeguas : 2.9.74. N? 2, 3,4 : 2710, 2700, 2500 m

- Rio Dílar : 4.9.74. № 5, 6 : 3000, 2730 m - Rio Veleta : 6.8.75. N9 7 :

2500 m - Rio Maitena : 13.7.77.

Sinecologia. — Comunidad psicrófila y acidófila que sustituye a Schistidio-

Hygrohypnetum dilatati en aquellos puntos donde el curso se hace menos

caudaloso y torrencial. GEISSLER (1976) diferencia ambas comunidades

a partir de la velocidad media de los arroyos, siendo ésta muy superior en Schisti-

dio-Hygrohypnetum dilatati; asimismo establece diferencias altitudinales, de

forma que Solenostomo-Hygrohypnetum corresponde al piso subalpino mientras

que Schistidio-Hygrohypnetum dilatati lo es del alpino.

En Sierra Nevada también se puede observar una dependencia entre la fuerza

del agua y la aparición de una и otra asociación: sin embargo no sucede lo mismo

Source : MNHN, Paris

436

Némero de inventario

Superficie(dm-)

Cobertura (%)

Exposición

Inclinación(*)

Sustrato

Número de especies

J-A.GIL & J. VARO

3 3,8

Caracteristicas de asociacién y de unidades superiores

(Solenostomo-Hygrohypnet um,Hygrohypnton dilatatl,Hygro

hypnetalta,Hygrohypnetea):

Solenostoma cordifolium

Hygrohypnum dilatatum

Características de Plotyhypnidio-Fontinaletea:

Brachythecium rivulare

Fontinalis antipyretica

Scapanta unduLata

Cladophora glomerata

Compañeras:

Crotoneuron decipiens

Hygrohypnum ochraceum

Hygrohypnum Luridum

Porella cordaeana

Leyenda: M-Micasquistos

Tab. 5. — Solenostomo-Hygrohypnetum Geissler 1976.

Yir

тї

en cuanto a su distribución altitudinal, ya que las aguas del piso oromediterráneo

nevadense no retinen condiciones idéneas para el asentamiento de Solenostomo-

Hygrohypnetum (con temperaturas muy superiores a la media requerida para

la comunidad), de ahí que ambas comunidades coexistan dentro de una franja

comprendida entre 2400 y 3000 m.

Sinfisionomía. — Se trata de la comunidad menos abierta de todas las estu-

diadas (cobertura media = 710/0), pues suele formar tapices continuos sobre

lechos pedregosos (en menor proporción sobre lechos rocosos); no obstante, al

igual que en las asociaciones anteriores la comunidad se caracteriza por ser

Source : MNHN. Paris

COMUNIDADES REOFILAS DE SIERRA NEVADA 437

fragmentaria, así como por el neto dominio que establecen las especies de bió-

tipo rastrero (Bryochamaephyta reptantia), en total ausencia de las de biótipo

cespitoso. La superficie de inventarios media es de 20 dm” , con número especi-

fico medio de 3,8 (variaciones de 2 a 5).

Sindinámica, — El óptimo de la asociación corresponde а los nacimientos

de los ríos, es decir, donde el agua conserva la temperatura de deshielo y un

régimen no excesivamente torrencial ni caudaloso. En semejantes condiciones,

Hygrohypnum dilatatum (V) y Solenostoma cordifolium (V) actúan como

pioneras en la colonización de lechos pedregosos que al adquirir un régimen

torrencial más acentuado, evolucionan hacia la asociación Schistidio-Hygro-

hypnetum dilatati. La asociación Solenostomo-Hygrohypnetum establece

asimismo unas condiciones que favorecen la entrada de especies de Platyhyp-

nidio-Fontinaletea, tales como Brachythecium rivulare (ШШ), Fontinalis anti-

pyretica (11), Scapania undulata (1) y Cladophora glomerata (1).

También es frecuente en contacto entre la asociación y las comunidades de

la clase Montio-Cardaminetea, puesto que los factores limitantes de éstas no

actüan tan intensamente como en asociaciones anteriores.

Sintaxonomía. — Por su distribución y características ecológicas es afín

a Schistidio-Hygrohypnetum dilatati, por lo que GEISSLER (1976) la incluye

asimismo en la alianza Hygrohypnion dilatati.

Sincorología. — Solenostoma cordifolium es especie nórdica, cuyo areal

se extiende a lo largo de Escandinavia, norte de Gran Bretaña e Islandia; también

alcanza las partes más elevadas de diferentes cadenas montañosas de Centro-

europa, norte de Italia, Caúcaso, Trata y Cárpatos. La presencia conjunta de

dicha especie con Hygrohypnum dilatatum, tan sólo ha sido descrita por GEISS-

LER (1976) para el oeste de los Alpes suizos, aunque posiblemente también

se encuentre la comunidad en algunas de las estaciones antes mencionadas.

De forma semejante a Hygrohypnum dilatatum, Solenostoma cordifolium

posee una distribución peninsular disyunta y limitada a la Sierra de Guadarrama,

Pirineos y Sierra Nevada; según MÜLLER (1954-1957), esta última localidad

constituye una estación relíctica y es en ella donde describimos la asociación

por primera vez para la Península Ibérica,

ESQUEMA SINTAXONOMICO DE LAS COMUNIDADES ESTUDIADAS

Clase Platyhypnidio-Fontinaletea Philippi 1956

Ord. Brachythecietalia plumosi Philippi 1956

Al. Scapanion undulatae Philippi 1956

As. Scapanietum undulatae Schwickerath 1944

Ord. Leptodyctietalia riparii Philippi 1956

Al. Brachythecion rivularis Hertel 1974

As. Dichodontietum pellucidi v. Hübschmann 1967

Source : MNHN, Paris

438 J.A.GIL & J. VARO

Al. Fontinalion antipyreticae W. Koch 1936

As. Fontinaleto-Pachyfissidentetum grandifrondis W. Koch 1936

Clase Hygrohypnetea v. Hübschmann 1957

Ord. Hygrohypnetalia Krajina 1933

Al. Hygrohypnion dilatati Krajina 1933

As. Schistidio-Hygrohypnetum dilatati Geissler 1976

As. Solenostomo-Hygrohypnetum Geissler 1976

La lista que a continuación detallamos, corresponde a los musgos y hepáticas

que integran las comunidades estudiadas :

Hepáticas

Chiloscyphus polyanthus (L.) Corda var. rivularis (Schrad.) Nees

Porella cordaeana (Hüb.) Evans

Scapania undulata (L.) Dum.

Solenostoma cordifolium (Hook.) Steph.

Solenostoma pumilum (With.) K. Mueller

Musgos

Amphidium mougeotii (B.S.G.) Schimp.

Brachythecium rivulare B.S.G.

Bryum pseudotriquetrum (Hedw.) Schwaegr.

Bryum schleicheri Schwaegr.

Cratoneuron commutatum (Hedw.) Roth, var, commutatum

Cratoneuron commutatum (Hedw.) Roth var. irrigatum (Zett.) Monk.

Cratoneuron decipiens (De Not.) Loesk.

Dichodontium pellucidum (Hedw.) Schimp. fo. fagimontanum C. Jens.

Fissidens grandifrons Brid.

Fontinalis antipyretica L.

Fontinalis hypnoides Hartm, var. duriaei (Schimp.) Husnot

Hygrohypnum dilatatum (Wils.) Loesk.

Hygrohypnum luridum (Hedw.) Jenn.

Hygrohypnum ochraceum (Wils.) Loesk.

Philonotis calcarea (B.S.G.) Schimp.

Philonotis seriata Mitt.

Plagiomnium rostratum (Schrad.) Kop.

Platyhypnidium riparioides (Hedw.) Dix.

Schistidium rivulare (Brid.) Podp.

AGRADECIMIENTOS

Nuestro particular agradecimiento a la Dra. С, Casas Sicart, quien amablemente revisó

la determinación de algunas especies, así como por su asesoramiento bibliográfico en nues-

tro estudio briosociológico.

Source : MNHN. Paris

COMUNIDADES REOFILAS DE SIERRA NEVADA 439

BIBLIOGRAFIA

ALLORGE P., 1925 — Sur quelques groupements aquatiques et hygrophiles des Alpes du

Briançonnais. Verdff. Geobot. Inst. Rübel Zürich 3 : 108-126.

ALLORGE P., 1928 — Remarques sur la flore muscinale des hauts sommets de la Péninsule

Ibérique. Mem. Soc. Biogéogr., le série, 2 : 252-259.

ALLORGE P., 1947 — Essai de Bryogéographie de la Péninsule Ibérique. Paris, P. Lecheva-

lier, 105 p.

ALLORGE V. et P. 1945 — La végétation et les groupements muscinaux des montagnes

d'Algésiras. Mém. Mus. Natl. Hist, Nat. попу, sér., 21 (3) : 85-116,

ALLORGE V. et P., 1947 — Muscinées du Sud et de l'Est de l'Espagne. Rev. Bryol. Liché-

nol. (1945-46) 1947, 15 (3-4) : 172-200.

ALLORGE V. & CASAS C., 1963 — Au sujet des Bryophytes récoltées au cours de l'excur-

sion de l'Association Internationale de Phytosociologie dans les Pyrénées franco-espa-

gnoles. Rev. Bryol. Lichénol. 1962 (1963), 31 (3-4) : 213-238.

BOROS A., 1968 — Bryogeographie und Bryoflora Ungarns, Budapest, Akadém. Kiadó,

466 p.

BRAUN-BLANQUET J., 1948-49 — Übersicht der Pflanzengesellschaften Rátiens. Vegetatio

1: 29-41, 129-146, 285-316; 2 : 20-37, 214-237, 314-360.

CASARES-GIL A., 1914 — Una excursión briológica a Sierra Nevada. Bol, Real. Soc. Esp.

Hist. Nat. 14 : 100-104.

CASARES-GIL A., 1915 — Enumeraciôn y distribución geográfica de las mucíneas de la

Península Ibérica. Trab. Mus. Мас. С. Nat., Ser. Bot. 8 : 1-179.

CASAS DE PUIG C., 1953 — Una excursión briolôgica al Valle de Nuria. Collect. Bot.

(Barcelona) 3 (2) : 199-206.

CASAS DE PUIG C., 1956 — Aportaciones a la flora briolögica de los Pirineos Centrales.

Collect. Bot. (Barcelona) 5 : 419-424.

CASAS DE PUIG C., 1958 — Aportaciones a la flora briológica de Cátaluña. Anales Inst.

Bot. Cavánilles 16 : 121-226.

CASAS DE PUIG C., 1975 — Aportación al estudio de Ja flora briológica española. Musgos

y Hepáticas de las provincias de Soria, Logroño, Burgos y Segovia. Anales Inst. Bot.

Cavdnilles 32 (2) : 731-762.

DEGUCHI H., 1979 — Les véritables caractères de Schistidium alpicola (Sw. ex Hedw.)

Limpr. et son nouveau synonyme, Schistidium agassizii Sull. et Lesq. Rev. Bryol. Liché-

nol. 45 (4) : 425-435.

DUNK К. von der, 1972 — Moosgesellschaften im Bereich des Sandsteinkeupers in Mittel-

und Oberfranken, Ber. Naturwiss. Ges. Bayreuth 13 : 7-100.

GEISSLER P., 1976 — Zur Vegetation alpiner Fliessgewasser. Mater. Flore Cryptog. Suisse

14 (2) : 1-52, 25 tabl.

GEHEEB A., 1862 — Beitrag zur Moosflora von Spanien. Flora 5 : 516-521.

GIL J.A. & VARO J., 1973 — Contribución al estudio briológico de Sierra Nevada. II.

El Barranco de San Juan. Trab. Dep. Bot. Univ. Granada 2 (2) : 63-79.

HERTEL E., 1974 — Epilithische Moose und Moosgesellschaften im nord-óstlichen Bayern.

Beih. Ber. Naturwiss. Сез. Bayreuth 1 : 1-489, 52 tabl.

HERZOG T., 1944 — Die Mooswelt des Kódnitztales in den Hohen Tauern. Wiener Bot.

Z. 93 (1) : 1-65.

Source : ММНМ. Paris

440 J.A.GIL & J. VARO

HONEL F., 1895 — Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Laubmoosflora des Hochgebirgstheiles der

Sierra Nevada in Spanien, Sitzungsber. Kaiserl Akad. Wiss, Math. - Naturwiss. CL,

Abt. 1,104 (1) : 297-336.

HÜBSCHMANN A. von, 1953.— Einige hygro-und hydrophyle Moosgesellschaften Nord.

deutschlands. Mitt. Florist. Soziol. Arbeitsgem., N.F. 4 : 15-25.

HÜBSCHMANN A. von, 1957 — Zur Systematik der Wassermoosgesellschaften, Mitt.

Florist. Soziol. Arbeitsgem., N.F. 6/7 : 147-151,

HÜBSCHMANN А. von, 1967 — Uber die Moosgesellschaften und das Vorkommen der

Moose in den übrigen Pflanzengesellschaften des Moseltales. Schriftenreihe Vegeta-

tionsk, 2 1 63-121.

HÜBSCHMANN A. von, 1973 — Moosgesellschaften des Nordwestdeutschen Tieflandes

zwischen Ems und Weser. Herzogia 3 : 111-130.

KOCH W., 1936 — Über einige Wassermoosgesellschaften der Linth. Ber. Schweiz. Bot.

Ges. 46 : 355-364,

KRAJINA V., 1933 — Die Pflanzengesellschaften des Mlynica-Tales in den Vysoké-Tatry.

Вей. zum Bot. Centralbl. 50 : 774-957.

KRUSENSTJERNA E. von, 1945 — Bladmossvegetation och Bladmossflora i Uppsala-

Trakten. Acta Phytogeogr. Suec. 19 : 1-250.

NORR M., 1969 — Die Moosvegetation des Naturschutzgebietes Bodetal. Hercynia 6 (4) +

345-435.

PASCUAL A., 1975 — Estudio hidrogeológico de las cuencas medias de los rios Monachil

y Dilar (Granada). Tesis de Licenciatura, Universidad de Granada. Mscr., 134 p.

PHILIPPI G., 1956 — Einige Moosgesellschaften des Südschwarzwaldes und der angren-

zenden Rheinebene, Beitr. Naturk. Forsch. Südwestdeutschl. 15 (2) + 91-124.

PHILIPPI G., 1965 — Die Moosgesellschaften der Wutachschlucht. Mitt. Bad. Landesvereins

Naturk. Naturschutz, N.F. 8 (4) : 625-668.

POELT J. 1954 — Moosgesellschaften im Alpenvorland. 1 und IT, Osterr. Akad. Wiss.

Math. - Naturwiss. Kl., Sitzungsber., Abt. 1, Biol. 163 : 141-174 y 495-539.

RIVAS-MARTINEZ S., 1981 — Les étages bioclimatiques de la végétation de l'Espagne.

(Conferencia inaugural. III? Congreso OPTIMA, Madrid). Anales Jard. Bot. Madrid

1980 (1981), 37 (2) : 251-268.

SCHWICKERATH M., 1944 — Das Hohe Venn und seine Randgebiete. Vegefation, Boden

und Landschaft. Pflanzensociol. 6 : 1-278.

VELILLA N., 1976 — Estudio hidrogeológico de la cuenca del río Aguas Blancas (Granada).

Tesis de Licenciatura, Universidad de Granada. Mscr., 208 p.

WALTHER K., 1942 — Die Моозйога der Cratoneurum commutatum-Gesellschaft in den

Karawanken. Hedwigia 81 : 127-130.

Source : MNHN, Paris”

441

ERGÂNZUNGEN ZUR CAMPYLOPUS-FLORA

VON BRASILIEN

JP. FRAHM*

SUMMARY. — Campylopus luetzelburgii Herz. ex J.P. Frahm and C. tortilipilus J.

Frahm are described as new. C. minarum Par. has proved to be identical with C. surinamen-

sis C. Müll., C. praealtus (C. Müll.) Par. with C. subcuspidatus (Hamp.) Jaeg., C. rectisetus

(Hamp.) Jaeg. and C. discriminatus (Hamp.) Jaeg. with C. arctocarpus (Hornsch.) Mitt.,

D. rabenii Lor. as well as C. rubricaulis Lindb. ex C. Müll, with C. filifolius (Hornsch.) Mitt.

var. humilis (Mont.) J-P, Frahm, C. brachyphyllulus (C. Müll.) Broth. with C. savannarum

(C. Müll.) Mitt. and C. brasiliensis Broth, nom. nud. with Atractylocarpus brasiliensis

(C. Müll.) Williams,

Herbarstudien anlässlich Aufenthalten am Botanischen Museum in Berlin

(B) 1979 und am Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle in Paris (PC) 1980

brachten unter anderem eine Reihe interessanter Belege aus Brasilien zum

Vorschein, die bei der Bearbeitung der Campylopus-Arten Brasiliens (FRAHM

1979) nicht berücksichtigt worden waren.

Dr. Jovet-Ast, Dr. Bischler und Dr. Schultze-Motel sei an dieser Stelle für die

gebotenen Arbeitsmöglichkeiten gedankt.

Ausserdem ist die Beschreibung einer neuen Art nach Material, welches D.M.

Vital (Sao Paulo) in Brasilien gesammelt hatte, mit aufgenommen.

1. CAMPYLOPUS LUETZELBURGII Herz. ex J.-P. Frahm

Unter den Campylopus-Proben im Herbar Herzog (JE) sowie im Herbar

Thériot (PC) befand sich auch ein mit «Campylopus luetzelburgii Herz. n. sp.

ad interim» beschrifteter Beleg aus der Serra dos Orgaos in Brasilien. Offenbar

hatte Herzog gezögert, diese Art neu zu beschreiben. Ein Vergleich mit den

übrigen aus Brasilien beschriebenen Arten (FRAHM 1979) zeigt, dass es sich

dabei um eine gewissen anderen sehr ähnliche aber durchaus distinkte eigene

Art handelt. Nachdem schliesslich im Herbar des Botanischen Museums Berlin

(B) noch ein weiterer Beleg dieser Art, von Dusén in der Serra do Itatiaia gesam-

melt und als «Campylopus concolor» bestimmt, aufgefunden wurde, ist es

* Universität Duisburg, Fachbereich 6, Botanik, Postfach 101629, D-4100 Duisburg.

Cryptogamie, Bryol. Lichénol., 1981, 2, 4 : 441-448.

Source : MNHN. Paris

442 J-P. FRAHM

angebracht, diese Art zu veröffentlichen. Dabei soll auf die von Herzog gewählte

Bezeichnung Campylopus luetzelburgii zurückgegriffen werden. Auf Grund des

besseren Herbarmaterials wird jedoch die Probe von Dusén als Holotypus benutzt.

Campylopus luetzelburgii Herz. ex J.-P. Frahm

Plantae steriles, 2-2,5 cm altae, flavescentes, dense foliosae. Folia concava,

siccitate appressa, 5 mm longa, ovata, breviter lanceolata, in subulam lanceola-

tam excurrentes, nervo excurrente, summo apice dentato, basi 3/4 folii occu-

pante, in sectione transversali cellulis ventralibus inanibus, stereidibus nullis.

Cellulae laminae basi hyalinae, teneres, rectangulares, 70-90 x 10-14 um, supe-

riores breviter rectangulares (1:2-3), incrassatae, 13-18(-25) x 9-10 um (Fig. 1).

Material ; Brasilien, Serra do Itatiaia, Agulhas Negras, leg. Dusén 2.7 1902

snr. (Holotypus В); Serra dos Orgaos, Morro Assu, auf Granit 2400 m, leg.

von Lützelburg Juli 1916 nr. 6793 (Paratypus JE, PC hb. Thériot).

Campylopus luetzelburgii kommt an beiden etwa 200 km Luftlinie ausein-

anderliegenden Lokalitäten oberhalb der Waldgrenze vor.

Die Art ist an der durch breite, etwas konkav eingebogene Blátter dicht

wurmfórmige Beblätterung und der hellen, an Frischmaterial wohl gelbgrünen

bis weisslichen Beblätterung habituell kenntlich. Anatomisch weist sie Beziehun-

gen zu Campylopus fragilis (Brid.) B.S.G. auf, mit der sie die unterhalb der

Blattmitte verbreiterte Rippe und die zur Basis hin kontrahierten Blätter gemein-

sam hat. C. luetzelburgii unterscheidet sich aber von C. fragilis durch sehr viel

kürzere und breitere Blatter, eine breite Lamina mit 8-12 Zellreihen (C. fragili

3-5) und verlängerte (1:2-3) rechteckige obere Laminazellen (bei C. fragilis

* quadratisch), sowie schliesslich dem Rippenquerschnitt ohne Stereiden.

Auffilligerweise existiert im Gebiet noch eine weitere, wie durch den Namen

schon angedeutet ebenfalls in die Verwandtschaft von C. fragilis gehörende Art,

Campylopus fragiliformis J.-P. Frahm. Diese Art hat deutlich von C. fragilis und

C. luetzelburgii unterschiedene verlängert ovale obere Laminazellen (Fig. 2).

Beide Arten sind aus dem Stidostbrasilianischen Bergland bekannt : C. fragi-

liformis aus der Serra do Itatiaia (Typus) und von D.M. Vital neuerdings aus

der Serra do Caraca nachgewiesen, C. luetzelburgii aus der Serra dos Orgaos und

der Serra do Itatiaia, Beiden fehlen die für C. fragilis typischen Brutblatter und

die durch apikale Kurztriebe pinselfórmigen Spitzen der Pflanzen.

2. CAMPYLOPUS MINARUM Par. (Dicranum laxobasis C. Müll.)

Die von C. MÜLLER 1900 in Hedwigia 39 : 252 unter dem Homonym

Dicranum laxobasis beschriebene Art wurde von PARIS 1904 in Campylopus

minarum umbenannt. Von dem nicht auffindbaren Holotypus fand sich in PC

(Hb. Thériot) eine Doublette, aus der hervorgeht, dass es sich bei dieser Art

um Campylopus surinamensis C. Müll. handelt. Diese Art war ursprünglich aus

den Guianas, dem Amazonastiefland (als C. marmellensis und C. gracilicaulis),

der Karibik und dem Südosten der USA (als C. gracilicaulis) bekannt, wo sie

auf Sandbóden im Tiefland vorkommt, tritt aber auch in Südostbrasilien in

Source : MNHN, Paris

CAMPYLOPUS VON BRASILIEN 443

ВО

BOS ROSS

аө roses =

6 Fig-1. — Campylopus luet-

zelburgii Herz. ex J.-P.

Frahm, Holotypus. 1 :

Blatt aus der Sten-

gelspitze (nat. Grósse

5 mm) 2 : Blatt-

spitze, 3 : Basale La-

minazellen, 4 : Obere

Laminazellen, 5 : Ha-

bitus (nat. Grösse 2

cm) in trockenem Zu-

stand, 6 : Rippen-

querschnitt aus der

Blattmitte. Massstrich

= 50 Um.

Fig. 2. — Obere Lamina-

zellen von 1. Campy-

lopus fragiliformis (a :

Vital 7706, b : Iso-

typus im Hb. des Ver-

fassers), 2. Campylo-

| L| pus fragilis (a : Earl

Bishop 14.2.1975, b :

Vitt 12374, Doubl.

E aus FLAS bzw. ALTA

im Hb. des Verf.). 3.

ux Campylopus luetzel-

burgii (a : Holotypus,

b : Paratypus).

Fig. 1

Fig. 2

QQ os #0300 009990

ШО

фу зе ce C (0р «ШИП

ai 200 52 ш УП

2а 2b 3a 3b

Source : MNHN. Paris

444 J.-P. FRAHM

grôsseren Нёһеп bis 1500 т auf, von wo sie schon früher als Campylopus ca-

tumbensis Broth. beschrieben worden war. Auch der Typus von Campylopus

minarum stammt hierher (Minas Geraes, Serra Caraca, in rupibus, leg. Ule

3/1892 nr. 1353).

— Campylopus surinamensis C. Müll. Linnaea 21 : 186, 1848.

— Campylopus minarum Par. Ind. Bryol. ed. 2, 1 : 318, 1904 syn. nov (Dicra-

num laxobasis C. Müll. Hedwigia 39 : 252, 1900).

3. CAMPYLOPUS BRACHYPHYLLULUS (C. Müll.) Broth.

Im Herbar Thériot (PC) fand sich ein Isotypus dieser nur von der Typusloka-

lität bekannt gewordenen Art (ein Holotypus in B existiert nicht mehr), der sich

als Campylopus savannarum erwies :

— Campylopus savannarum (C. Müll.) Mitt. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 12 : 85, 1809

(Dicranum savannarum C. Müll. Syn. Musc. 2 : 596, 1851).

— Campylopus brachyphyllulus (C. Müll.) Broth. Nat. Pfl. 1(3) : 332, 1901

(Dicranum brachyphyllulum С. Müll. Hedwigia 39 : 260, 1900) syn. nov.

Typus : Brasilien, Minas Geraes, Caraca, ad rupes, Ule 1360 (PC, ISO).

4. CAMPYLOPUS BRASILIENSIS Broth. nom. nud.

Das von BROTHERUS in der Hedwigia 38 Beibl. 1 : 58, 1899 erwähnte

Campylopus brasiliensis basiert auf der Nr. 109 der Bryotheca brasiliensis

von Ше. Ein Beleg dieser Nummer im Herbar Fleischer (FH) : Brasilien, Rio

de Janeiro, Serra do Itatiaia, in paludibus 2300 m, leg. Ule 2/1894, beinhal-

tet jedoch kein Campylopus, sondern ein Atractylocarpus. Die gleiche Probe

wurde bereits 1898 von C. MÜLLER im Bull. Herb. Boissier 6 : 39 als Dicranum

brasiliense publiziert und von WILLIAMS 1928 im Bryologist 31 : 110 zu

Atractylocarpus gestellt. Das Material von Atractylocarpus brasiliensis gleicht

in jeder Hinsicht Herbarbelegen von A. longisetus (Hook.) Bartr., sodass A. brasi-

liensis mutmasslich mit A. longisetus identisch ist und dieses eine weitere,

sowohl in den Anden als auch im südostbrasilianischen Bergland vorkommende

Art wäre.

— Atractylocarpus brasiliensis (C. Müll.) Williams Bryologist 31 : 110, 1928

(Dicranum brasiliense С. Müll. Bull. Herb. Boissier 6 : 39, 1898).

— Campylopus brasiliensis Broth. Hedwigia 38 Beibl. 1 : 58, 1899 пот, nud.

5. DICRANUM RABENII Lor. und CAMPYLOPUS RUBRICAULIS Lindb.

in C. Müll.

Eine Überprüfung der Typen von Dicranum rabenii Lor. (Brasilia, com

Raben, B) und Campylopus rubricaulis Lindb. in C. Müll. (Brasilien, Caldas,

leg. Lindberg 18.9.1894, B) ergab, dass es sich bei beiden Arten um Campylopus

filifolius var. humilis handelt, einer in Südostbrasilien und im gesamten Areal

Source : MNHN. Paris

CAMPYLOPUS VON BRASILIEN 445

von С. filifolius durch das nördliche Südamerika bis nach Mittelamerika häufigen

Varietät im Bereich der Bergregenwälder.

— Campylopus filifolius (Hornsch.) Mitt. J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 12 : 76, 1869

(Dicranum filifolium Hornsch. Fl. Bras. 1 : 12, 1840) var. humilis (Mont.)

J.P. Frahm Nova Hedwigia 29 : 249, 1978 (Campylopus humilis Mont.

Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. ser. 3, 4 : 110, 1845).

— Dicranum rabenii Lor. Moosstudien : 158, 1864, syn. nov.

— Campylopus rubricaulis Lindb. in C. Müll. Gen. Musc. Fr. : 169, 1900 nom.

nud., syn. nov.

6. CAMPYLOPUS SUBCUSPIDATUS (Hamp.) Jaeg.

Bei dem Typus dieser nur von der Typuslokalität (Brasilien, Pic de la Tijuca,

leg. Glaziou 19.4.1873 nr. 7096, PC) bekannt gewordenen und von HAMPE

(1870) beschriebenen Art handelt es sich um das, was 30 Jahre später als Campy-

lopus praealtus (C. Müll.) Par. beschrieben wurde. HAMPE gibt zur Unterschei-

dung dieser Art an : «vero D.ficrano) cuspidato affinis, sed caule interrupte

tomentoso, laxe foliato, lutescente; splendente, foliis patentibus, nervo laxiore,

triplo latiore omnini diversa.» In der Tat ähneln sich C. cuspidatus und sub-

cuspidatus (= praealtus) habituell bezüglich der Grösse und dem goldgelben

Glanz der Pflanzen sehr. Wie von HAMPE angegeben, ist bei C. subcuspidatus

im Gegensatz zu C. cuspidatus die Rippe wesentlich breiter (3/4 statt 1/3 der

Blattbreite am Blattgrund) und die Blatter stehen bei C. subcuspidatus weiter ab.

Ausserdem besitzt C. cuspidatus auffällige kollenchymatisch verdickte Blatt-

flügelzellen. Bei C. subcuspidatus ist ferner der basale Blattrand von einem Saum

aus dünnwandigen schmalen Zellen gesäumt, welcher bei C. cuspidatus fehlt.

Auch das Zellnetz ist in der oberen Hälfte der Lamina unterschiedlich, und

zwar verlángert, verdickt und deutlich getüpfelt bei С. cuspidatus und verlängert

oval, dickwandig, aber nicht deutlich getüpfelt bei С. subcuspidatus. Schliesslich

besitzt C. cuspidatus vielfach eine hyaline Haarspitze.

Aus Prioritätsgründen muss daher die wohlbekannte Bezeichnung C. praealtus

dem älteren Namen С, subcuspidatus weichen.

— Campylopus subcuspidatus (Hamp.) Jaeg. Ber. Thätigk. St. Gallischen Natur-

wiss. Ges. 1870-71 : 441, 1872 (Dicranum subcuspidatum Hamp. Vidensk.

Meddel. Dansk Naturhist. Foren. Kjébenhavn 1870 : 273).

— Campylopus praealtus (C. Müll.) Par. Ind. Bryol. : 96, 1900, syn. nov. (Dicra-

num praealtum C. Müll. Hedwigia 37 : 227, 1898).

Campylopus subcuspidatus ist unter der jüngeren Bezeichnung C. praealtus

von Puerto Rico, Venezuela, Surinam, Honduras und Brasilien bekannt und nach

einem bislang unpubliziertem Fund auch in Costa Rica nachgewiesen.

7. CAMPYLOPUS DISCRIMINATUS (Hamp.) Jaeg.

Eine Überprüfung der Syntypen von Campylopus discriminatus (Glaziou

Source : MNHN, Paris

446 J-P. FRAHM

7434, 7096, PC) und des Lectotyps (Glaziou 7147, H-BR) ergab, dass keine

artspezifischen Unterschiede zu Campylopus arctocarpus (Hornsch.) Mitt. vor-

liegen. Interessanterweise stellte sich bei Durchsicht der Glaziou-Kollektionen

in Paris heraus, dass Hampe als Bearbeiter dieser Aufsammlungen C. filifolius

(Hornsch.) Mitt. für C. arctocarpus hielt. Dementsprechend hat er die Aufsamm-

lungen des eigentlichen C. arctocarpus als C. discriminatus neu beschrieben.

Ausser von Hampe wurde die Art nur noch von BROTHERUS (1895, 1926)

aus Brasilien angegeben.

— Campylopus arctocarpus (Hornsch.) Mitt. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 12 : 87, 1869

(Dicranum arctocarpum Hornsch. Fl. Bras. 1(2) : 12, 1840).

— Campylopus discriminatus (Hamp.) Jaeg. Ber. Thätigk. St. Gallischen Natur-

wiss. Ges. 1877-78 : 497, 1880 syn. nov. (Dicranum discriminatum Hamp.

Vidensk. Meddel. Dansk Naturhist. Foren. Kjóbenhawn 1878 : 254).

8. CAMPYLOPUS TORTILIPILUS J.-P, Frahm spec. nov.

Unter Aufsammlungen, die ich von D.M. Vital (Sao Paulo) bekam, befand

sich u.a. eine Probe eines haartragenden Campylopus mit so eindeutig neuen

Merkmalsausprágungen, dass die Art hier, obwohl nur von einer Stelle bekannt,

als neue Art beschrieben werden soll. Kennzeichnend für diese Art sind die

auffällig gelbgrünen niedrigen Rasen, Blätter, die in ein relativ langes (1/3 der

Blattlänge) gezähntes und wellig verbogenes hyalines Glashaar enden und ein

Rippenquerschnitt mit ventralen Substereiden. Abgesehen von den verbogenen

Glashaaren und der hellen Färbung ist C. tortilipilus einem С. pilifer Brid.

ähnlich, weicht aber durch verlängert ovale und in den Ecken verdickte Lamina-

zellen, einen gesägten oberen Blattrand und dickwandige basale Laminazellen

sehr deutlich von dieser Art ab,

Campylopus tortilipilus J.-P. Frahm spec. nov.

Plantae steriles, 5-10 mm altae, luteo-flavescentes, laxe caespitosae. Folia

3 mm longa, e basi contracto lanceolata, in pilum hyalinum longum serratum et

tortuosum apiculata. Costa: dimidiam folii occupante, in sectione transversali

substereidibus ventralibus et stereidibus dorsalibus. Cellulae laminae in parte

superiore ovatae-elongatae, incrassatae, 18-35 x 5-9 ит (1:4-5), т parte inferiore

rectangulares, incrassatae, 20-40 x 15 um, ad marginem subquadratae.

Material : In partial shade, on soil, in a cerrado vegetation, 10°33°5, 45^ 11 W,

Municipio de Corrente, Piaui State, leg. D.M. Vital 28.5.1978 nr. 8232 (Holoty-

pus SP, Isotypus im Herbar des Verfassers).

Der Nordosten Brasiliens ist bryologisch nur wenig bekannt und durchforscht,

sodass anzunehmen ist, dass C. tortilipilus dort noch an weiteren Stellen vor-

kommt. Ebenfalls nur aus diesem Gebiet Brasiliens ist Campylopus gardneri

(C. Müll.) Mitt. bekannt, was eine gewisse Eigenständigkeit dieses Florengebietes

ausdrückt.

Source : MNHN, Paris

CAMPYLOPUS VON BRASILIEN 447

ШИ

ОС

QUE

SOC

сш)

Kx o

С,

[a]

| nnnc s

Fig. 3. — Campylopus tortilipilus J.P. Frahm spec. nov. 1 :Pflanze, Originalgrósse 5 mm,

2 : Blatt, Originalgrósse 3 mm incl. Glashaar, 3 :Blattspitze, 4 : Zellnetz der oberen

Lamina, 5 : Zellnetz des Blattgrundes, 6 : Rippenquerschnitt. Massstrich = 50 Um.

9. CAMPYLOPUS RECTISETUS (Hamp.) Jaeg.

Bei dem Typus dieser Art (Brasilien, Rio de Janeiro, Glaziou 6364, PC)

handelt es sich um C. arctocarpus (Hornsch.) Mitt., einer von Hampe verkannten

Art (vgl. Nummer 7 dieses Beitrages).

— Campylopus arctocarpus (Hornsch.) Mitt. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 12 : 87, 1869

(Dicranum arctocarpum Hornsch. Fl. Bras. 1(2) : 12, 1840).

Source : MNHN, Paris

448 J-P. FRAHM

— Campylopus rectisetus (Hamp.) Jaeg. Ber. Thätigk. St. Gallischen Naturwiss.

Ges. 1877-78 : 385, 1880 (Dicranum rectisetum Hamp. Vidensk. Meddel.

Dansk Naturhist. Foren. Kjébenhavn 1875 : 137).

Campylopus rectisetus ist später nur noch von BROTHERUS (1895) aus

Minas Geraes angegeben worden; auch bei diesen Belegen (H-BR) handelt es sich

um C. arctocarpus.

LITERATUR

BROTHERUS V.F., 1895 — Nouvelles contributions à la flore bryologique du Brésil. Acta

Soc. Sci. Fenn. 19 :5.

BROTHERUS V.F., 1926 — Musci in : SCHIFFNER & WETTSTEIN, Ergebnisse der Bot.

Expedition der Akad. Wissen. nach Südbrasilien 1901. IL Band. Denkschr. Kaiserl. Akad.

Wiss., Math.-Naturwiss. Kl. 83 : 251-358.

FRAHM Ј.Р., 1979 — Die Campylopus-Arten Brasiliens. Rev. Bryol. Lichenol. 45 :127-178.

HAMPE E., 1870-78 —Symbolae ad floram Brasiliae centralis cognoscendam. Vidensk.

Meddel. Dansk Naturhist. Foren. Kjóbenhavn 1870 : 267, 1872 : 36, 1874 : 129, 1877-

78:251.

Source : MNHN. Paris

449

SYNOPSIS ОЕ RHIZOGONIACEAE BROTH. IN MALAYA'

М.С. MANUEL *

ABSTRACT. — Pyrrhobryum Mitt. emend. Manuel has three species (Р. spiniforme (Нейм)

Mitt., P. longiflorum Mitt., & P. latifolium (Bosch. & Lac.) Mitt.) in Malaya while Rhizogo-

nium Brid. has only a single species, В. novae-hollandiae (Brid.) Brid. A key to the two

genera and four species is provided along with critical notes on each species, and illustrations,

INTRODUCTION

Of the seven genera currently recognized in Rhizogoniaceae (BROTHERUS

1924, CROSBY 1979, NORRIS & ROBINSON 1979), two are present in Malaya

(Peninsular Malaysia and the Republic of Singapore). Pyrrhobryum Mitt. has

three species whereas Rhizogonium Brid. has only a single species. The recent

discovery of P. longiflorum Mitt. in Malaya (MANUEL 1980a) prompted a

critical reexamination of previous collections of Rhizogoniaceae in Malaya.

The results of that reexamination are reported herein.

METHODS AND MATERIALS

This study is based on about 120 specimens in the herbaria of KLU, SING,

and TNS. All observations, measurements, and drawings (except habit of game-

tophores) were made from specimens mounted in Hoyer's Solution (ANDER-

SON 1954).

SYSTEMATIC TREATMENT

Key to the Genera and Species of Rhizogoniaceae in Malaya

1. Leaves distichous, margins unistratose with single teeth, costa smooth dor-

sally; capsule almost without a neck... ............ 1. RHIZOGONIUM

1. Leaves not distichous, margins multistratose with double teeth, costa toothed

dorsally; capsule with distinct neck. ...... 2. PYRRHOBRYUM...... 2.

1. I thank Dr. B.C. Stone (KLU), for reading the manuscript, Dr. N.G. Miller (СН) and Dr.

A. Touw (L) for help with the literature, and the curators of SING and TNS, Financial

assistance from Universiti Malaya (Vote F 128/79 & 110/80) is acknowledged.

* Jabatan Botani, Universiti Malaya, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia.

Cryptogamie, Bryol. Lichénol., 1981, 2, 4 : 449-455.

Source : MNHN, Paris

450 М.С. MANUEL

2. Medial stem leaves narrowed to insertion, 3.0-4.0(-5.0) mm long; inner

perichaetial bracts over 5.0-8.0 mm long, filiform acuminate. .... а

2. Medial stem leaves not narrowed to insertion (lower and upper le

occasionally slightly narrowed to insertion), 4.0-6.5 mm long; inner

perichaetial bracts 2.0-3.5(-4.1) mm long, acuminate to filiform acumi-

A У TT Par AO rok oh PA 2a. P. spiniforme

3. Medial stem leaves narrowly elliptic-lanceolate, apices long acuminate.

i km Qe s mi E os NO EE 2b. P. longiflorum

3. Medial stem leaves widely elliptic-lanceolate, apices acuminate. ......

vss ed WARNEN FE U КНК RE 2с. P. latifolium

1. RHIZOGONIUM Brid., Bryol. Univ. 2 : 644. 1827.

Note. — The genus Rhizogonium Brid. s.s. (MANUEL 1980b) is pantropic in

distribution and is represented by eight species within Malesia. One species,

К. novae-hollandiae (Brid.) Brid. occurs in Malaya.

Та. Rhizogonium novae-bollandiae (Brid.) Brid., Bryol. Univ. 2 :664. 2f. 1-3.

1827. — Fissidens novae-hollandiae Brid., Bot. Zeitung (Regensburg) 1 :

212, 234. 1802.

Distribution. — Malaya (Pahang), Borneo (Sabah), Australia, Tasmania, New

Zealand, Juan Fernandez, and Patagonia.

Note. — Rhizogonium novae-hollandiae (Brid.) Brid. is an antipodal species

with disjunct populations in Malesia at high elevations. In Malaya the species

has been found only in the montane forests between 1440 and 2100 m while

in Borneo it has been reported from Mt Kinabalu (DIXON 1935).

Specimens examined. — MALAYSIA. PAHANG : Cameron Highlands, Brin-

chang, ca 5000 ft., Clear 1329 (KLU). Cameron Highlands, Tanah Rata, 4800

ft., Henderson 17829 (SING). Gunung Tahan, 5500-7000 ft., Nur 7976 (SING).

Gunong Tahan, + 5500 ft., Holttum 20926a (SING). SABAH (Borneo) : Kam-

borangah ridge forest, 7200 ft., Holttum 25655 (SING).

2. PYRRHOBRYUM Mitt. emend. Manuel, J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 10 : 174. 1868.

Note. — For a discussion of the classification of Rhizogonium and Pyrrho-

bryum see MANUEL (1980b).

2a. Pyrrbobryum spiniforme (Hedw.) Mitt., J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 10 : 174.

1869. — Hypnum spiniforme Hedw., Spec. Musc. : 236. 1801. — Rhizo-

gonium spiniforme (Hedw.) Bruch in KRAUSS, Flora 29 : 134. 1846.

Distribution. — Malaya (Johor, Kedah, Kelantan, Pahang, Penang & Selangor;

Singapore); pantropic.

Notes. — 1. NOGUCHI (1973) reported Rhizogonium badakense Fleisch.

(Pyrrhobryum spiniforme var. badakense (Fleisch.) Manuel) from the state of

Source : MNHN, Paris

RHIZOGONIACEAE IN MALAYA 451

реа SE UC

b 10mm

С Nr OE

e 0.2 mm

Fig. 1. — Rhizogonium novae-hollandiae (Brid.) Brid. a. Gametophore, b. Leaves, c.Me-

dial leaf cells, d. Marginal tooth, e. Leaf apex.

Pahang. The specimen upon which he based his report (Inoue 10797, 10904,

16223 & 16371) are P. spiniforme var. spiniforme.

2. Within the local populations of Р, spiniforme there are some morphologi-

cal «entities» that are more or less distinct and occur in more than one locality.

Whether these «entities» are the result of a similar phenotypic response to

similar microenvironments or the result of genotypic differences, | do not

know and hence have not given them formal recognition under the ICBN.

Further investigations are in progress. i

— ENTITY A. Gametophore small; medial stem leaves short, narrow, and plane.

(Manuel 2419, Nur 9191, Henderson 19640, & JSG 248; vide specim. exam.).

Source : MNHN, Paris

El Oca

JA 0 mm

c&e 0.2mm

i&h 0.1mm

b,d,f,9 8

Fig. 2.—Pyrrhobryum. P. longiflorum Mitt. a. Gametophore, b. Medial stem leaves,

c. Leaf base, d. Inner perichaetial bracts. Р. spiniforme (Hedw.) Mitt. e. Leaf base,

f. Medial stem leaves, g. Inner perichaetial bract. Р, latifolium (Bosch, & Lac.) Mitt.

i. Medial leaf cells, h. Marginal tooth, j. Medial stem leaves.

Source : MNHN. Paris

RHIZOGONIACEAE IN MALAYA 453

— ENTITY В. Gametophore robust; medial stem leaves long, broad, and slightly

keeled (Holttum 10697 & 18068, Ridley 106 & 526, & Curtis 5; vide specim.

exam.).

The perichaetial bracts of the above two «entities» are well within the normal

range of variation for P. spiniforme var.spiniforme (INOUE & IWATSUKI 1976).

Specimens examined. — SINGAPORE. Chan Chu Kang, J.G.G. Gamble 248

(SING.). Chan Chu Kang, Ridley 113 (SING). Bukit Timah, Nur 9191 (SING).

Kranji Ridley 106 (SING). Brittian Peak, Luerek 675 (SING). Bukit Tuish,

Ridley 250 (SING). MALAYSIA, JOHOR : Gunong Belumut, 3000 ft., Holttum

10698 (SING) & 10697 (SING). Gunong Panti, 1600 ft., Holttum 18068 (SING).

KEDAH : Gunong Raya, Harift & Nur 7144 (SING). Langkawi, Curtis, Sept.

1890 (SING). KELANTAN : Gunong Sitong, 2600 ft., Nur 12236 (SING).

Sungei Keteh, Henderson 19640 (SING). PAHANG : Fraser Hill : 4000-4370 ft.,

Burkill & Holttum 8468 (SING) & 8784 (SING); 4000 ft., Ridley 287 (SING);

Kalong 22430 (SING); Burkill 1166 (SING), 2061 (SING), & 2114 (SING);

Manuel 2778 (KLU); Poore s.m. (KLU); Johnson B1037 (KLU); Poore 48

(KLU). Cameron Highlands : Clear 1195 (KLU) & 1339 (KLU); Tanah Rata,

5200 ft., Inoue 10059 (TNS), 10060 (TNS) & 10061 (TNS); Brinchang, 600 ft.,

Inoue 10797 (TNS) & 10904 (TNS), Poore 116 (KLU); Near Robinson’s Falls,

5000 ft., Inoue 10753 (TNS), 10787 (TNS), & 10788 (TNS); around Robinson’s

Water Fall, Inoue 16223 (TNS) & 16371 (TNS), Henderson 11722 (SING).

Gunong Tahan, 5500 ft., Holttum 20926 (SING). Tahan River, Ridley, 1841

(SING). Gunong Ber (icalica?), Nur 121 (SING). Telom, Nur 1900 (SING),

94 (SING), 142 (SING). Gua Kajang, 3383 ft., Henderson 18271 (SING). Pulau

Tioman, Gunong Kajang, 2000 ft. D.W. Lee, 24 May 1974 (KLU). Genting

Sempah, 3000 ft., Stone 9572a (KLU). PERAK : Taiping Hills, 4500, Anderson

312 (SING) & 314b (SING). Maxwell Hill, Ridley, 1893 (SING). Jor Tapah,

Haniff 16173 (SING). Temengoh, Ridley 182 (SING). Lower Camp, Gunong

Batu Puteh, Wray 1047 (SING). Bird’s Hill, 3800 ft., Burkill 12603 (SING).

PENANG : Penang Hill : 2000 ft., Johnson, May 1966 (KLU); Ridley 526

(SING). Tiger Hill, 2100 ft, W. (Suikiee?) 3315 (SING). Richmond’s Pool,

W. (Suikiee?) 2607 (SING); Haniff 15003 (SING) & 15020 (SING). Govern-

ment Hill, Curtis 5 (SING). SELANGOR : Genting Bidai, Ridley 407 (SING).

Near 21 mile mark on old Genting Highland Rd., ca 1000 m, Manuel 2419

(KLU). Bukit Hitam s. leg., 1896 (SING).

2b. Pyrrbobryum longiflorum Mitt., J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 10 : 174. 1868. —

Rhizogonium longiflorum (МНЕ) Jaeg., Ber. Thätigk. St. Gallischen

Naturwiss. Ges. 1873-74 : 223. 1875 (Ad. 1:685).

Distribution. — Malaya (Johore, Negri Sembilan, & Pahang) and Borneo

(Sabah & Sarawak).

Notes. — 1. IWATSUKI (1969 & 1972) stated that Pyrrhobryum longiflorum

Mitt. (as Rhizogonium longiflorum (Mitt.) Таев.) is a lowland species (below

330 m) in northern Borneo and is clearly separated from P. spiniforme (Hedw.)

Mitt. (600-1500 m elev.) in elevational distribution. From the data on herbarium

Source : MNHN, Paris

454 М.С. MANUEL

labels, the same elevational distribution seems to occur in Malaya except that

Р. spiniforme reaches 1650 m on Gunong Tahan.

2. The species is characterized by a) medial stem leaves narrowed at inser-

tion, b) long, filiform acuminate perichaetial bracts, and c) dioicous sexuality

(IWATSUKI 1969).

Specimens examined. — MALAYSIA. JOHORE : Gunong Kambak, ca. 700

ft., on fallen tree, Holttum 9459 (SING). Mersing, Clear 1362 (KLU) & 1363

(KLU). NEGRI SEMBILAN : Selaru, F.R., on fallen tree, Holttum 9745 (SING).

PAHANG : Taman Negara : Lata Berkoh area on Sungai Tahan, 200-300 ft.,

Manuel 2566 (KLU), 2568a (KLU); Bukit Indah, ca. 250 ft., Manuel 2663

(KLU); & Bukit Tersek Trail ca. 200-1000 ft., Manuel 2535 (KLU). Tahan River,

Ridley, 1893 (SING).

2c. Pyrrhobryum latifolium (Bosch & Lac.) Mitt., J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 10 :

175. 1868. — Rhizogonium latifolium Bosch & Lac., Bryol. Jav. 2 : 2.

133. 1861.

Distribution. — Malaya (Johor, Perak, & Singapore), Banka, Borneo (Sabah

& Kalimantan Barat), Philippines, and New Guinea.

Note. — Pyrrhobryum latifolium (Bosch & Lac.) Mitt. and P. longiflorum are

separated by differences in the apices and the shape of the medial stem leaves.

1 have not seen any overlap in the shape of the medial stem leaves of the two

species, but the apical and basal stem leaves of P. longiflorum sometimes resem-

ble the medial stem leaves of P. latifolium.

Specimens examined. — SINGAPORE : Jungle Fall Valley, on rock, L.H.

Merton, 19 May 1960 (KLU). Bukit Timah, Ridley 652A (SING). Rock Path,

Bukit Timah Forest Reserve, Sinclair 7355 (SING). MALAYSIA. JOHOR :

Sungei Semagot Kanan, 30 mile mark Kota Tinggi-Mersing Rd., Sinclair 10757

(SING). PERAK : Bidor Road (Tapah ?), s.n. 154 (SING).

LITERATURE CITED

ANDERSON L.E., 1954 — Hoyer's solution as a rapid permanent mounting medium for

bryophytes. Bryologist 57 : 242-244.

BROTHERUS V.F., 1924 — Musci. In ENGLER & PRANTL, Natürl. Pflanzenfam., Ed. 2.

10 : 1-478.

CROSBY M.R., 1979 — An alphabetical catalogue of the families of mosses with included

genera listed alphabetically under each family name. St. Louis, 12 pp.

DIXON H.N., 1935 — A contribution to the moss flora of Borneo. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 50 :

57-140.

INOUE S. & IWATSUKI Z., 1976 — A cytotaxonomic study of the genus Rhizogonium

Brid. (Musci). J. Hattori Bot. Lab. 41 : 389-403.

Source : MNHN, Paris

RHIZOGONIACEAE IN MALAYA 455

IWATSUKI Z., 1969 — Bryological miscellanies XIX, Some interesting mosses from North

Borneo. J. Hattori Bot. Lab. 35 : 269-287.

IWATSUKI Z., 1972 — Geographical isolation and speciation of Bryophytes in some islands

of Eastern Asia. J. Hattori Bot. Lab. 35 : 126-141,

MANUEL M.G., 1980a — A contribution to the moss flora of Taman Negara (Malaysia).

Lindbergia 6 : 37-40.

MANUEL M.G., 1980b — Miscellanea Bryologica 11. Classification of Rhizogonium Brid.,

Penzigiella hookeri Gangulee, and some nomina nuda. Cryptogamie, Bryol. Lichénol.

1(1) :67-72.

NOGUCHI A., 1973 — Mosses of Malaya collected by Dr. Hiroshi Inoue. Bull. Natl. Sci.

Mus. 16(2) : 293-304.

NORRIS DH. & ROBINSON H., 1979 — The Systematic Position of Bryobrothera crenu-

lata. Bryologist 82 : 305-309.

Source : MNHN. Paris

Велека AI

Ratan her ES

Je Рам

Базе тъ " МАТАҮЗ

rei "ms m pU на аб Ze Ss ЁЗ},

PERAN Eier) +

457

REGENERATION AND GEMMA DEVELOPMENT

IN HYOPHILA CRENULATA C. MUELL. EX DUS.

5.0, OLARINMOYE *

ABSTRACT. — Further culture studies and field observations have proved that gemmae of

Hyophila crenulata C. Muell. ex Dus. are protonematal and not rhizoidal. Leaves of the

moss readily regenerate and the protonemal strands which produced copious gemmae have

supplied the required information on the origin of gemmae in Hyophila. Some of the

gemmae, while still attached to gemmifers, germinated to produce more gemmae in culture.

Gemmae production is related to humidity; higher humidity resulting on more abundant

gemmae production. Flooding of shoots of H. crenulata resulted in abundant production of

basal protonematal gemmae. Gemmae production in the moss, must have contributed

significantly to its extensive cover in its ecological niches, usually gutters, drainage areas

etc. and to its ecological success in such areas.

INTRODUCTION

Abundant production of gemmae has been reported in Hyophila crenulata

(OLARINMOYE 1981). Occurrence of gemmae has also been reported in H.

tortula (ANDREWS & REDFEARN 1965) and in H. propagulifera (NEHIRA

1969). However, the exact origin, protonemal or rhizoidal, of these gemmae,

has not been established.

In nature, gemmae of H. crenulata are produced both on long tufts of gemmi-

fers arizing from the apices of shoots and in grapefashion bunches on exposed

bases of the shoots.

In the present work, the origin of the gemmifers and their gemmae, as well

as the effects of moisture on the production of gemmae has been elucidated.

The possible role of gemmae in the ecological success of the moss, Hyophila,

was discussed.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Hyophila crenulata was collected from the almost pure stands in the wet

gutter in front of the author's laboratory at Ibadan University. The material

* Department of Botany, University of Ibadan, Ibadan, Nigeria.

Cryptogamie, Bryol. Lichénol., 1981, 2, 4 : 457-460.

Source : MNHN, Paris

458 S.0. OLARINMOYE

was divided into suitable portions and each portion was put in a large evapora-

ting dish and kept moist as required during the period of use.

The shoots used in regeneration experiments were thoroughly washed in run-

ning tap water and later surface-sterilized in chlorex for 3-4 minutes before

being finally washed in several changes of sterile distilled water.

15 detached leaves were plated on pads of two No. 3 Whatman filter papers,

moistened with distilled water, in 10 cm plastic Petri dishes. The culture was

maintained in a 16h-8h light cycle at a light intensity of 1000 lux and a tempe-

rature of 23°С £ 2?C, at the culture level. Each plate was duplicated. The

cultures were observed daily for regeneration, which was recorded as percentage

regeneration per day. Gemmae production, and their positions were also ob-

served.

In another set-up, detached leaves were cut into two approximately equal

halves and plated side by side under a similar set-up as whole leaves. 25 pieces

of each half were plated. Other detached leaves were fragmented into tiny bits

and plated. Not less than 45 fragments were plated in each Petri dish.

In a final set-up, 20 whole shoots of H. crenulata were introduced into a

Petri dish and then flooded with distilled water. The covered Petri dish was

subjected to the same treatment as earlier described. All experiments were

duplicated.

RESULT

In all the set-ups, regeneration commenced on the 3rd day and reached the

peak on the 8th day (Tab. 1). Regeneration occurred in all treatments, though

lower in the detached whole leaf treatment in the early days. A maximum of

less than 100% was recorded in the mutilated leaf segments because a number

of fragments died before regeneration started (Tab. 1). Regeneration occurred

only on the cut ends in cut and fragmented pieces, while in whole leaves the

bulk of regenerants arose at the base, and occasionally on the midrib.

Tab. 1. — Regeneration in leaves of Hyophila crenulata

Treatment % regeneration

Day 3 Day 5 Day 8

` Whole leaf 35 2.0 8052.5 100

Upper half of leaf 90+1.0 95415

Lower half of leaf 881.5 97+2.0

Mutilated leaf 75+2.0 8550.5

In all cultures where regeneration was recorded, gemmae, similar to those

usually found in nature, were produced (Tab. 2). They occurred at different

stages of development. These gemmae were borne on gemmifers produced on

protonemal strands (Pl. 1, 1). In some cases the gemmae were produced in

Source : MNHN, Paris

HYOPHILA CRENULATA 459

Tab. 2. — Gemma production on regenerants from leaves of Hyophila crenulata.

% gemma production was assessed from the number of regenerating leaves or leaf fragments

producing gemmae in a culture dish.

Treatment | Wholeleaf Upper half — Lower half Mutilated leaf

% gemma production | 100 100 100 100

bunches on the protonemal strands. The quantity of gemmae produced was

а function of the ramification of protonemal strands in the cultures. Gemmi-

fers and gemmae however, were not produced on all protonemal strands.

When whole shoots were flooded with water, gemmifers and gemmae were

produced both on the young leaves at the apices and at the base of the shoots.

Gemmae were borne on long tufts of gemmifers when they occur on leaves

at the apices while they were either in grape-like bunches or on a few strands

of protonemata when at the base (Pl. 1, 2).

Pl. 1. — 1 : Bunches of protonemal gemmae from the leaf. 2 : Basal protonemal gemmae.

Some gemmae produced on regenerating leaves germinated and produced

other gemmae, while still attached to the original gemmifer (Fig.).

Source : MNHN, Paris

460 S.O. OLARINMOYE

DISCUSSION

Leaves of H. crenulata regenerated readily in

culture. The protonemal strands produced the

gemmifers on which the gemmae were borne. Pro-

duction of gemmae on long gemmifers on leaves

and in large bunches at the base of whole shoots

has been confirmed in later collections from

different habitats. It has been found that H.

crenulata collected on cement slabs and other

places not regularly inundated, produced apical

gemmae mainly. Those in gutters with regular

inundation produced both apical and basal gem-

mae. This apparently occurs because the base of

shoots are normally more exposed in those gro-

wing in gutters than in those on concrete slabs.

Fig.— Secondary gemma pro-

duction from a primary The observed production of secondary gemmae

one. PG :primary gemma. on gemmifers produced from primary gemmae is

SG : secondary gemma. similar to that observed on Schistostega pennata

Ah (Hedw.) Web. & Mohr (EDWARDS 1978).

The ready production of regenerants and the

abundant production of gemmifers and gemmae

on them must be of tremendous ecological importance to the moss, H. crenulata.

While it would surely serve as an effective means of spread, it also confers to the

moss competitive advantage and thus enchances its survival.

REFERENCES

ANDREWS S. and REDFEARN P.L. Jr., 1965 — Observations on the germination of the

gemmae of Hyophila tortula (Schwaegr.) Hampe. Bryologist 68 : 345-347.

EDWARDS S.R., 1978 — Protonemal gemmae in Schistostega pennata (Hedw.) Wb. & Mohr.

J. Bryol. 10 169-72.

NEHIRA K., 1969 — The germination of gemmae in three mosses. Hikobia 5 : 189-195.

OLARINMOYE S.O., 1981 — Gemmae in Hyophila crenulata C. Muell. ex Dus. Nova

Hedwigia (in press).

Source : MNHN. Paris

461

CONTRIBUTION A L'ÉTUDE DES LICHENS

DU KIVU (ZAÏRE), DU RWANDA ET DU BURUNDI

VI. Les genres COCCOCARPIA Pers. et LOBARIA (Schreb.) Hoffm.

Е. SÉRUSIAUX*

RÉSUMÉ. — Le genre Coccocarpia est représenté dans l'est de l’Afrique centrale par trois

espèces : С. erythroxyli (Spreng.) Swinscow & Krog, répandu dans les milieux de forêts et

savanes boisées jusqu'à 2100 m d'altitude, C. palmicola (Spreng. Arvidss. & D. Gall.,

trouvant son optimum dans la forêt de montagne jusqu'à 2450 m, et C. pellita (Ach.) Müll.

Arg. connu seulement dans la chaîne des Birunga vers 2400 m. Le genre Lobaria compte

trois espèces : L. pulmonaria (L.) Hoffm., épiphyte rare localisé aux stations humides de la

forêt de montagne entre 2000 et 2700 m, L. retigera (Bory) Trev., fréquent à l'état épiphy-

tique et terricole dans des milieux analogues entre 1900 et 2500 m, et Lobaria sublaevis

(NyL) Yoshim. dont c'est la première mention en Afrique continentale.

ABSTRACT. — Revision of the genera Coccocarpia and Lobaria in Kivu (Zaire), Rwanda

and Burundi, The first one is represented by three species : С, erythroxyli (Spreng.) Swins-

cow & Krog widespread in forests and wooded-savannas up to 2100 m elevation, C. palmi-

cola (Spreng. Arvidss. & D. Gall. mostly developped in montane forests up to 2450 m

elevation and С. pellita (Ach.) Miill. Arg.restricted to the Birunga volcanoes around 2400 m.

Three Lobaria species are present : Г. pulmonaria (L.) Hoffm. rare epiphyte confined to

humid stations inside montane forests from 2000 to 2700 m, L. retigera (Bory) Trev.

epiphyte or terricolous in the same biotopes between 1900 and 2500 m but much more

abundant and Lobaria sublaevis (Nyl.) Yoshim. which is mentioned for the first time in

continental Africa.

Nous poursuivons ici la série de travaux consacrés aux lichens du Kivu (Zaïre),

du Rwanda et du Burundi, par l'étude de deux genres (Coccocarpia et Lobaria)

modestement représentés dans cette partie de l'Afrique. La comparaison est

cependant instructive avec d'autres régions intertropicales (Amérique centrale,

Indonésie et Asie du S-E). De plus, les espèces de ces deux genres présentes dans

la dition sont bien connues taxonomiquement. On se reportera donc au remar-

quable travail de YOSHIMURA (1971) pour de plus amples détails sur les

Lobaria et à ceux de SWINSCOW & KROG (1976) et de ARVIDSSON & GAL-

+ Aspirant du FN.RS. - Département de Botanique, Université de Liège, Sart Tilman,

B-4000 Liège, Belgique.

Cryptogamie, Bryol. Lichénol., 1981, 2, 4 : 461-469.

Source : MNHN, Paris

462 Е. SÉRUSIAUX

LOWAY (1979) pour les Coccocarpia. Sauf indication contraire, le matériel est

conservé à LG, mais des doubles doivent être distribués dans plusieurs herbaria.

COCCOCARPIA Persoon

In C. GAUDICHAUD, Voyage autour du monde entrepris par ordre du Roi

(u) exécuté sur les corvettes de S.M. L'Uranie et la Physicienne pendant les

années 1817, 1818, 1819 et 1820 par M. Louis de Freycinet. Paris, Pillet Ainé,

1826. Bot. : 2061.

Espéce-type. — Coccocarpia molybdea Pers., loc. cit. : 206 (lectotyp. : voir

В. SANTESSON, Sym. Bot. Upsal. 12 (1) : 414, 1952, sub «C. molybdina

Pers.»).

COCCOCARPIA ERYTHROXYLI (Spreng.) Swinscow & Krog

Norw. J. Bot. 23 : 256, 1976 (comme «erythroxili

Basionyme. — Lecidea erythroxyli Spreng. Kungl. Vetensk. - Academ. Nya

Handl. 1 :47, 1820.

Type. — Guadeloupe, in cortice Erythroxyli squamati, Martius 1818 (lecto-

type, TO).

= Coccocarpia parmelivides (Hook.) Curtis (pour plus de détails sur la syno-

nymie, voir SWINSCOW & KROG 1976 : 256).

ZAIRE : District forestier central : Irangi, station de recherches de l'I.R.S.A.C.,

près de la rivière Luhoho, env. 850 m, sur racines-échasses moussues d'Uapaca en

lisière de la forêt à la limite de la clairière de la station, Lambinon 72/08 (fer-

tile).

RWANDA : District afro-montagnard : Forêt de Rugege, lieu-dit Ruwanku-

ba, 1950 m, forêt de vallée à Syzygium rowlandii, sur les lianes et les rameaux

ligneux couverts de bryophytes dans le sous-bois, vers 1-2 m de haut, Lambinon

71/1076 (fertile). — Ibid., vers le km 107 de la route Butare-Cyangugu (non loin

de Garamba), env. 1900 m, sur branche de Ficalhoa laurifolia, forêt de mon-

tagne humide en bordure de la route, Lambinon 74/844 (fertile). — Ibid., entre

1. Comme C. GAUDICHAUD l'indique dans sa préface, c'est Persoon qui s'est chargé

de la partie descriptive relative aux champignons et lichens récoltés à l'occasion de ces expé-

ditions. Le matériel étudié était assurément de mauvaise qualité, puisque (voir préface et

note n95 en р. 191), le bateau ayant fait naufrage et échoué aux Îles Malouines, les plantes

ont «macéré» dans l'eau de mer puis ont été reséchées. Par ailleurs, de nombreux taxons

de lichens (Pyrenula, Porina, Arthonia, Verrucaria, Opegrapha, ...) sont cités dans le para-

graphe concernant les Fungi, alors que l'auteur les considére bien comme des lichens. Il

doit s'agir là d'un des tout premiers essais d'intégration de la systématique des lichens au

sein de celle des champignons, méme si ce n'est qu'une démarche implicite. А noter aussi

que Coccocarpia viridescens Pers., cité dans ce texte, est un nomen nudum : il n'y a ni

description, ni diagnose.

Source : MNHN. Paris

LICHENS DU KIVU, DU RWANDA ET DU BURUNDI 463

Garamba et la plantation de Gisakura, env. 1900 m, fragment de forêt de mon-

tagne humide à Mimulopsis arborescens en bordure de la piste, sur branchettes

mortes, Lambinon 74/1059 (fertile). — Vallée de la Bikeneko à l'W du poste

minier de Gikungu (env. 30 km N de Rutsiro), env. 2100 m, grosses branches

d'un Neoboutonia macrocalyx, forêt secondarisée au bord de la rivière, Lambi-

non 74/700 (fertile).

District du Rwanda et du Burundi : Ntyazo (région du Mayaga), env. 1400 m,

fourrés xérophiles, sur branche de Carissa edulis, Lambinon 80/297 (stérile, trés

petit spécimen).

BURUNDI : District du Rwanda et du Burundi : Kinazi, crête entre la Ruvu-

bu et la Chizanye (pointe Е du Burundi vers le territoire tanzanien), env. 1400 m,

sur petite branche de Parinari curatellifolia, savane herbeuse boisée à Entada,

Combretum, Parinari, .., Lambinon 78/425 (fertile). — Cankuzo, route vers

Mugera-Murore près de la bifurcation, env. 1650 m, petite galerie forestière à

Syzygium cordatum, Macaranga schweinfurthii, Carapa, … branches d'arbres

abattus (vers 6-7 m de haut?), Lambinon 80/621 (fertile).

District du Mosso-Malagarasi : Plaine de la Musindozi, entre la plaine d'avia-

tion du Gihofi et Mulamba, env. 1200 m, savane boisée à Oxytenanthera abyssi-

nica, sur chaumes d'Oxytenanthera mort, Lambinon 74/1384 (fertile).

Matériel africain complémentaire :

ZAÏRE : Plateau de la Luweo, Yangambi, env. 470 m, forêt primitive ombro-

phile, sur branche maîtresse et dans la cime d'un Klainedoxa, Louis 6664 (BR).

Commentaires. — 1. Coccocarpia erythroxyli est une espèce pantropicale qui

s'étend jusqu'aux régions tempérées océaniques. Dans la dition, sans être fré-

quent, c'est un épiphyte assez largement distribué dans pratiquement tous les

milieux naturels ou peu altérés, à atmosphére suffisamment humide (foréts,

savanes boisées, parfois bosquets xérophiles) elle ne dépasse toutefois pas

2100 m d’altitude.

2. Certains spécimens, en particulier le n° 72/08, ont une marge lobulée

et sont munis de lobules plus ou moins laminaux. Ils correspondent à С. pellita

var. semiincisa Müll. Arg. (Flora 65 : 321, 1882); nous les considérons comme de

simples variations sans valeur taxonomique.

3. Notons que dans une étude du genre en Afrique orientale, SWINSCOW &

KROG (1976 : 253) signalent C. azurella Nyl. du Ruwenzori. Cette espéce se

distingue de C. erythroxyli par ses lobes beaucoup plus étroits, tronqués à

l'apex, et par ses spores globuleuses.

COCCOCARPIA PALMICOLA (Spreng.) Arvidss. & D. Gall.

Bot. Not. 132 :242, 1979.

Basionyme. — Lecidea palmicola Spreng, Kungl. Vetensk-Academ. Nya

Handl. 1 :46, 1820.

‚

Туре. — Guadeloupe, in cortice Cocos nucifera, 1817 (lectotype, TO).

= Coccocarpia cronia (Tuck.) Vain. (pour plus de détails sur la synonymie,

voir SWINSCOW & KROG 1976 : 253).

Source : MNHN, Paris

464 E. SERUSIAUX

ZAÏRE : District forestier central : Irangi, réserve de I'I.R.S.A.C., sur la rive

droite de la rivière Luhoho, env. 850 т, forêt équatoriale, sur petites branches

de Brazzea longipedicellata vers 5 т de haut, dans le bas d'un petit versant,

Lambinon 72/21 (stérile).

District du Graben occidental : Ile Idjwi, Rwagahe (côte occidentale de la

partie nord de l'île), 1460 m, face latérale + ombragée d'un gros bloc granitique

éclairé en lisière de la forêt secondarisée, Lambinon 78/381 (stérile).

RWANDA : District afro-montagnard : Forêt de Rugege, colline entre le mont

Muzimu et le Bigugu, au-dessus de la rivière Bizumu, 2450 m, tronc de Syzygium

parvifolium en lisière de la forêt, Lambinon 72/1009 (stérile). — Ibid., vers le km

91 de la route Butare-Cyangugu (entre Pindura et Uwinka), environ 2400 m,

talus (schiste métamorphisé «pourri») frais, en lisière de la forêt de montagne

+ secondarisée, Lambinon 74/783 (stérile) et 74/784 (fertile). — Ibid., entre

Garamba et la plantation de Gisakura, env. 1900 m, fragment de forêt de mon-

tagne humide à Mimulopsis arborescens au bord de la piste, sur branchettes

mortes, Lambinon 74/1060 (fertile). — Ibid., km 81 de la route Butare-Cyan-

gugu (un peu à I'W du marais Gasare), env. 2320 m, talus (schiste métamorphisé

«pourri») en bordure de la forêt de montagne + secondarisée, Lambinon 74/

1077 (stérile). — Ibid., lieu-dit Ruwankuba, 1950 m, forêt de vallée à Syzygium

rowlandii, sur les lianes et les rameaux ligneux couverts de bryophytes dans le

sous-bois, à 1-2 m de haut, Lambinon 71/1077 (stérile). — Ibid., sur feuilles

mortes de Symphonia globulifera, Lambinon 71/1083 (stérile).

BURUNDI : District du Rwanda et du Burundi ; Kinazi (entre Cankuzo et Ми-

hinga), env. 1400 m, grosses branches de Parinari dans la savane-parc de versant,

Lambinon 74/1457 (stérile). — Gitwenge, colline Niabitangu (au N de la mission,

pente vers la dépression du Mosso), env. 1780 m, petite galerie forestiére traver-

sant la savane dégradée, tronc ombragé de Syzygium, Lambinon 80/555 (stérile).

Matériel africain complémentaire :

ZAÏRE : Plateau de la Luweo, Yangambi, env. 470 m, forêt primitive ombro-

phile, sur branche maîtresse d'un Tessmannia, Louis 6565 (BR).

LA RÉUNION : Cirque de Cilaos, Grand Matarum, 1450 m, forêt des bois de

couleur, sur tronc, J.L. De Sloover 17715 (NAM, LG).

Commentaires. — 1. Nous suivons ARVIDSSON & GALLOWAY (1979 :

243-244) dans leur interprétation du type de Lecidea palmicola Spreng. et dès

lors dans la mise еп synonymie de Coccocarpia стопа. С. palmicola s'avère ainsi

une espèce répandue dans toutes les régions intertropicales et débordant sou-

vent largement dans les zones tempérées des deux hémisphères. Dans notre

dition, c'est une espèce trouvant manifestement son optimum dans la forêt

de montagne, où elle ne dépasse toutefois pas 2450 m d'altitude. Elle colonise

tant les branches et lianes du sous-bois que les talus schisteux frais: une fois

elle a été notée comme une espèce pseudofoliicole accidentelle.

2. Trois spécimens (Lambinon 71/1077, 71/1083 et 72/21) ont, par rapport

aux autres collections, un thalle de petite taille (1-2 cm), fragile, d'une couleur

plus bleutée et muni d’isidies très fines et très fragiles, cylindriques et non rami-

fées; ces variations semblent dues à un habitat plus ombragé et ne justifient pas

une distinction taxonomique.

Source - MNHN. Paris

LICHENS DU KIVU, DU RWANDA ET DU BURUNDI 465

COCCOCARPIA PELLITA (Ach.) Müll. Arg.

Flora 65 : 320, 1882.

Basionyme. — Parmelia pellita Ach., Lich. Univ. : 468, 1810.

Type. — Localité inconnue, «Habitat ad truncos arborum Indiae Occidenta-

lis» (lectotype, H-Ach.).

RWANDA : District afro-montagnard : Chaîne des Birunga, pied sud du

Gahinga, 2400 m, forét de montagne secondarisée à dominance de Neoboutonia,

tronc incliné de Neoboutonia macrocalyx, Lambinon 72/657 (stérile). — Ibid.,

Kinigi (NW de Ruhengeri), env. 2300 m, plantation Rops, tronc d'Eucalyptus

planté entre un chemin et des friches, Lambinon 72/711 (fertile). — Ibid., entre

Kinigi et le pied du Gahinga, en contrebas de la selle entre le Sabyinyo et le

Gahinga, 2400 m, forét de montagne broussailleuse, tronc incliné de Maesa

lanceolata var. mildbraedii, Lambinon 72/918 (stérile).

Commentaires. — 1. Dans la dition, cette espéce, pantropicale et occasionnel-

lement tempérée-chaude, est limitée aux horizons supérieurs de la forét de mon-

tagne de la chaine des Birunga. Elle se comporte de la méme façon dans les ré-

gions d'Afrique orientale étudiées par SWINSCOW & KROG (1976); par contre,

en Nouvelle-Zélande, elle est observée entre 0 et 400 m d'altitude. Dans la di-

tion, elle est toujours épiphyte, alors que, en Amérique centrale, elle est parfois

épiphylle (SANTESSON 1952 : 422).

2. SWINSCOW & KROG (1976 : 258) ont soulevé le probléme de la distinc-

tion entre C. pellita et C. erythroxyli, se demandant si C. pellita n'est pas simple-

ment une forme stationnelle de C. erythroxyli. Dans notre dition, méme si ces

deux espéces ne sont pas sympatriques, leur morphologie est suffisamment

différente pour qu'elles soient maintenues comme distinctes. C. pellita possède

des isidies squamuleuses, souvent trés fines et incisées, tandis que C. erythroxyli

a des isidies cylindriques, épaisses à enflées.

LOBARIA (Schreb.) Hoffm.

Deutschl. Fl. 2 : 138, 1796.

Lichen (sect. ?) Lobaria Schreb., Linn. Gen. Pl., éd. 8 : 768, 1791.

Espéce-type. — Lobaria pulmonaria (L.) Hoffm

LOBARIA PULMONARIA (L.) Hoffm.

Deutschl. Fl. 2 : 146, 1796.

Basionyme. — Lichen pulmonarius L., Sp. Plant. : 1145, 1753

Type. — Localité inconnue, herb. C. Linnaeus (LINN 1273. 103b, lectotype :

voir YOSHIMURA & HAWKSWORTH 1970).

— Lobaria africana Dodge (fide YOSHIMURA 1971 : 286).

ZAIRE : District afro-montagnard : Wimbi (26 km S de Lubero), 2200 m,

Source : MNHN. Paris

466 E.SÉRUSIAUX

horizon supérieur de la forêt de montagne, sur un gros Conopharyngia au-dessus

d'un ruisseau, Louis 4694 (BR, LG). — Luemba, 2100 m, galerie forestiére, sur

bambous, Kinet 1537 (BR, LG) (cité par DES ABBAYES 1958 : 5, sub Г.р. var.

meridionalis (Vain.) Zahlbr.).

RWANDA : District afro-montagnard : Forét de Rugege, versant sud du mont

Muzimu (partie N de la forêt), 2720 m, forêt basse humide, branches et petits

troncs moussus, Lambinon 72/946. — Gikungu (env. 30km N de Rutsiro),

versant gauche de la vallée de la Bikeneko, env. 2150 m, forêt de montagne +

secondarisée, sur la liane Schefflera myriantha, vers 10 m de haut, Lambinon

74/477. — Vallée de la Sebeya, à env. 4 km au sud du poste minier de Gikungu,

env. 2050 m, forêt humide de fond de vallée, à épiphytisme bryophytique dense,

sur liane (Schefflera) sur la lisière, Lambinon 74/687. — Vallée de la Bikeneko,

à PW du poste minier de Gikungu, env. 2100 m, grosse branche d'un arbre mort,

dans une clairière au bord de la rivière, Lambinon 74/694. — Gisovu, Centre

forestier suisse, 2200 m, forét de montagne, sur Prunus africana, Troupin 14451.

Matériel africain complémentaire :

TANZANIE : Kilimandjaro-Sud, 2800 m, Gürtelwald, Flechte an Bäumen,

gr. Gruppen, Schlieben 4949 (BR, LG).

LA RÉUNION : Cirque de Cilaos, Sentier du Piton des Neiges, 1450 m, forêt

hygrophile des bois de couleur, épiphyte, J.L. De Sloover 17550 (NAM, LG). —

Ibid., env. 2400 m, formation basse d'éricacées et de composées, entre les blocs

rocheux, sur arbrisseau, J.L. De Sloover 17940 (NAM, LG).

Commentaires. — 1. Espèce répandue dans toutes les zones tempérées de lhé-

misphére nord, Lobaria pulmonaria n'est, dans les régions intertropicales, connu

que des montagnes d'Afrique orientale et méridionale et d'Amérique centrale

(cartes dans YOSHIMURA 1971 : 240 et 250). Dans notre dition, ce lichen

est un épiphyte croissant dans les stations les plus humides de la forét de mon-

tagne entre 2000 et 2700 m; il y est d'ailleurs rare et n'est qu'exceptionnelle-

ment pourvu d'apothécies (seule la récolte 74/477 est fertile, d'ailleurs très peu).

2. Depuis DEGELIUS (1941 : 17), on a souvent identifié à la var. meridio-

nalis (Vain.) Zahlbr. les specimens non sorédiés mais presque uniquement isidiés

de cette espèce, provenant surtout des régions tempérées chaudes de l'Europe

et de Macaronésie. YOSHIMURA (1969 : 68-73) a cependant montré que L.

meridionalis Vain. était une espéce tout à fait différente, du Sud-Est asiatique.

Par ailleurs, il existe, en tout cas dans le matériel africain que nous avons exami-

né, un continuum complet entre les échantillons à sorédies + ales et les

spécimens uniquement isidiés. Certains fragments de thalles montrent d'ailleurs

à la fois des sorédies à реше isidiféres et des isidies s. str П nous paraît donc

inopportun d'accorder une valeur taxonomique à cette variation.

LOBARIA RETIGERA (Bory) Trev.

Lichenotheca Veneta : 75, 1869.

Basionyme. — Lichen retiger Bory de St Vincent, Voyage dans les Quatre

Principales Iles des Mers d'Afrique 1 : 392 et 3 : 101, 1804.

Source : ММНМ Paris

LICHENS DU KIVU, DU RWANDA ET DU BURUNDI 467

Type. — La Réunion, Richard s.n. (lectotype, М; voir YOSHIMURA 1971 :

299-300).

= Lobaria natalensis Räs. (fide YOSHIMURA 1971 : 299).

ZAÏRE : District afro-montagnard : Massif du Kahuzi, env. du km 41 de la

route Bukavu-Walikale, 2300 m, forêt de montagne mêlée de bambous, sur ver-

sant escarpé, branches maîtresses couvertes de mousses, fougères et orchidées

d'un arbre tombé, Lambinon 71/1180 (stérile). — Ibid., lieu-dit Mukaba (km 49

de la route Bukavu-Walikale), 2250 m, tronc ombragé d’Eucalyptus en bordure

d’une plantation, Lambinon 72/66 (stérile). — Mont Biega, piste du versant

sud, 2520 m, branche horizontale dans la forêt mélangée de bambous, Lambinon

72/92 (fertile).

RWANDA : District afro-montagnard ; Chaîne des Birunga, versant sud du

Sabyinyo, 2250m, forét de montagne mélée de bambous, grosse branche

morte, Lambinon 72/450 (stérile). — Forét de Rugege, km 67 de la route Butare-

Cyangugu, 2350 m, talus terreux frais très raide à proximité de la route, Lambi-

non 72/1059 (stérile). — Ibid., vers le km 91 de la route Butare-Cyangugu (entre

Pindura et Uwinka), env. 2400 m, talus (schiste métamorphisé «pourri» ) frais,

en lisière de la forêt de montagne + secondarisée, Lambinon 74/777 (stérile). —

Ibid. vers le km 105 de la route Butare-Cyangugu, env. 1950 m, talus frais

moussu (schiste métamorphisé «pourri») en lisière de la forêt de montagne,

Lambinon 74/826 (stérile). — Ibid., entre Garamba et la plantation de Gisa-

kura, env. 1900 m, talus embroussaillé, piste en bordure de fragments de forêt

de montagne, Lambinon 74/1049 (stérile). — Ibid., collines entre le mont

Muzimu et le Bigugu, 2380 m, branches de la cime d'Apodytes dimidiata dans la

forêt de montagne, Lambinon 72/979 (stérile). — Ibid., lieu-dit Ruwankuba,

1950 m, forêt de vallée à Syzygium rowlandii, sur les lianes et les rameaux

ligneux couverts de bryophytes dans le sous-bois, à env. 1-2 m de haut, Lambi-

non 71/1066 (fertile), — Forét de Nyungwe, km 5 de la piste Pindura-Bweyeye,

env. 2050 m, branches de Cassipourea, vers 11 m de haut, dans la forêt de mon-

tagne de versant, Lambinon 74/864 (stérile). — Ibid., km 22 de la piste Pindura-

Bweyeye, env. 1750 m, branche d’un arbre mort (Bersama ?) dans la forêt de

montagne prés de la rivière Shabwa, Lambinon 74/996 (stérile). — Env. de la

commune de Rugera (SE de la préf. de Gikongoro), colline Uwintaschya, env.

2400 m, dans le bas d'un tronc de Macaranga dans la forêt de bambous, Lambi-

non 74/1122 (stérile) et 74/1123 (fertile). — Ibid., vallon Uwagahunga, env.

2350 m, sur tronc de Rapanea, fourté au bord du ruisseau, Lambinon 74/1165

(stérile). — Gikungu (env. 30 km N de Rutsiro), env. 2200 m, talus argileux

raide, en bord de piste, dans la forêt de montagne secondarisée, Lambinon

74/432 (stérile). — Ibid., versant gauche de la vallée de la Bikeneko, env. 2150 m,

forêt de montagne + secondarisée, sur branches de Conopliaryngia, vers 6 m de

haut, Lambinon 74/464 (stérile). — Vallée de la Sebeya, à env. 3 km au sud

du poste minier de Gikungu, env. 2050 m, grosse branche de Nuxia floribunda

vers 10 m de haut, Lambinon 74/677 (stérile). — Ibid., à env. 4 km au S du

poste minier de Gikungu, env. 2050 m, forêt humide de fond de vallée à épiphy-

tisme bryophytique dense, sur liane (Schefflera) dans le sous-bois sombre,

Source : MNHN, Paris

468 Е. SERUSIAUX

Lambinon 74/688 (stérile). — Ibid., à PW du poste minier de Gikungu, env.

2100 m, forêt de bas de versant à sous-bois dense d'Acanthaceae buissonnantes,

sur le sol riche en débris végétaux, Lambinon 74/708bis (stérile). — Forêt de

Gishwati, au km 39 de la route Gisenyi-Kibuye, 2150 m, talus gréso-terreux

frais et raide de la route, Lambinon 72/515 (stérile).

BURUNDI : District afro-montagnard : Forêt de Bururi, env. 2100 m, forêt

de montagne à Entandrophragma sur sol subhorizontal, branches tombées,

Lambinon 74/1299 (stérile). — Massif du Mont Teza, crête au-dessus de la plan-

tation de thé, env. 2500 m, forêt de montagne + secondarisée, dans le bas d'un

tronc de Macaranga, Lambinon 74/1407 (stérile). — Ibid. Bugarama, env,

2100 m, forêt de montagne, sur tronc de Macaranga, Petit 2407 (stérile) (BR,

LG).

Matériel africain complémentaire :

ZIMBABWE (ex Rhodésie) : Mts Vumba, Leopard Rock, 1600 m, rochers

éclairés dans la forét, Bamps, Symoens et Vanden Berghen s.n. (stérile) (LG). —

Inyanga, Mimunzi, vers 1900 m, épiphytes dans la forét, Bamps, Symoens et

Vanden Berghen s.n. (stérile) (deux collections, LG). — Inyanga, Inyangani,

vers 2070 m, sur Leucosidea, Bamps, Symoens et Vanden Berghen 460d (stérile)

(LG).

LA RÉUNION :Cirque de Cilaos, Grand Matarum, 1500 m, sur tronc, J.L.

De Sloover 17452 (fertile) (NAM, LG). — Ibid., Sentier du Piton des Neiges,

env. 1950 m, formation à Philippia et composées, sur blocs rocheux, J.L De

Sloover 17659 (stérile) (NAM, LG). — Près du sommet de la Grande Montée,

env. 1550 m, forét des bois de couleur, sur gros troncs, J.L. De Sloover 17334

(stérile) (NAM, LG).

Commentaires. — Espèce caractéristique de la forêt de montagne entre 1900

et 2500 m d'altitude, où, à l'état épiphyte ou terricole, elle occupe des stations

humides et ombragées. Elle est nettement plus abondante que la précédente

et est occasionnellement fertile. Mises à part quelques localités signalées sur les

côtes du nord-ouest de l'Amérique du Nord, c'est une espèce paléotropicale,

limitée en Afrique aux montagnes orientales et méridionales (carte dans YOSHI-

MURA 1971 : 254).

LOBARIA SUBLAEVIS (Nyl.) Yoshim.

J. Hattori Bot. Lab. 34 : 315, 1971.

Basionyme. — Ricasolia sublaevis Nyl., in KREMPELH., Flora 51 : 231, 1868.

Type. - Madère, С. Mandon 30 (lectotype, H-Nyl. 33386).

ZAÏRE : District du Graben Occidental : Angi (7 km W de Rutshuru), plaine

de lave, sur arbuste, Bequaert 5734 (BR, LG).

Commentaires. — Le spécimen examiné correspond parfaitement à la descrip-

tion de YOSHIMURA (1971 : 316-317) si ce n'est que le tomentum de la face

inférieure est souvent bien développé. Signalée d'Extréme-Orient, oà elle est

abondante, de La Réunion et de Madére, cette espéce semble nouvelle pour

Source - MNHN. Paris

LICHENS DU KIVU, DU RWANDA ET DU BURUNDI 469

l'Afrique continentale. Elle n'est connue que d'une seule localité dans la plaine

de la Rutshuru.

REMERCIEMENTS. — Nous tenons à remercier les Professeurs J.L. De Sloover et С.

Vanden Berghen qui ont mis leurs collections lichénologiques de La Réunion et du Zim-

babwe à notre disposition, de même que le curateur de lherbier du Jardin Botanique

National de Belgique (BR) qui nous laisse libre accés aux riches collections préservées dans

cette institution. Le Dr I. Yoshimura a examiné bon nombre des Lobaria cités ici et le Dr. L.

Arvidsson a revu plusieurs Coccocarpia : qu'ils en soient tous deux vivement remerciés.

Enfin, toute notre gratitude va au Prof. J. Lambinon qui nous a confié l'étude de l'abondant

matériel qu'il a collecté dans la dition et a relu et amélioré notre manuscrit.

BIBLIOGRAPHIE

ARVIDSSON L. & GALLOWAY D.J., 1979 — The lichen genus Coccocarpia in New Zea-

land. Bot. Not. 132 : 239-246.

DEGELIUS G., 1941 — Lichens from the Azores, mainly collected by Dr. Н. Persson.

Kongl. Gôtheborska Wetensk. Samhällets Handl., Wetensk. Afd. ser. B., 1 : 46 pp.

DES ABBAYES H., 1958 — Lichenes. Exploration hydrobiologique du lac Tankanika

(1946-1947). Résultats scientifiques 4(4), 14 pp. Inst. R. Sci. Nat. Belg., Bruxelles.

SANTESSON В.., 1952 — Foliicolous lichens I. Symb. Bot. Upsal. 12 (1) : 1-590.

SWINSCOW T.D.V. & KROG H., 1976 — The genus Coccocarpia in East Africa. Norweg. J.

Bot. 23 :251-259.

YOSHIMURA I., 1969 — Lichenological Notes 2-6. J. Hattori Bot. Lab. 32 :67-78.

YOSHIMURA I., 1971 — The Genus Lobaria of Eastern Asia. J. Hattori Bot. Lab. 34 :231-

364.

YOSHIMURA I. & HAWKSWORTH D.L., 1970 — The typification and chemical substances

of Lobaria pulmonaria (L.) Hoffm. J. Jap. Bot. 45 :33-41.

Source : MNHN. Paris

ZIMBABWE te À

ok davis даёте, Th

SANS,

Е Бен.

COUT LD

Айаз piti |

к ы

EORARÍA SRE d

KE 215

ar Baren im MP.

Man den 30 race

471

NOTE

OCTOBLEPHARUM ERECTIFOLIUM MITT. ex WILLIAMS

ЕТ STEEREOBRYON SUBULIROSTR UM (SCHIMP. ex BESCH.)

G.L. SMITH EN GUADELOUPE

J.L. DE SLOOVER*

1. Octoblepharum erectifolium Mitt. ex Williams

a) Guadeloupe, Basse-Terre, chemin bordant le Grand Étang, 400 m, forét

dense avec Gommiers et Bambous, épiphyte sur gros tronc, 15 avril 1981, J.L.

De Sloover 33884 (NAM, PC).

b) Suivant DE FOUCAULT (1977 : 23), deux espèces d'Octoblepharum

sont connues en Guadeloupe, à savoir O. albidum Hedw. et O. pulvinatum

(Dozy & Molk.) Mitt., toutes deux assez communes dans leur étage respectif,

Suivant FLORSCHUTZ (1964 : 107), Octoblepharum erectifolium est connu

de la Jamaique, de Trinidad, de la Guyane anglaise et du Surinam. Sa présence

en Guadeloupe n'a donc rien d'étonnant.

Octoblepharum erectifolium, suivant le même auteur, est caractérisé par ses

feuilles très longues (jusque 2 cm), très fragiles, avec une section transversale

à mi-hauteur aussi épaisse que large (semi-circulaire ou triangulaire équilatérale

à angles arrondis). La récolte de la Guadeloupe correspond fort bien à la des-

cription et à l'illustration que donne FLORSCHÜTZ.

2. Steereobryon subulirostrum (Schimp. ex Besch.) G.L. Smith

a) Guadeloupe, Basse-Terre, La Soufrière, chemin des Dames (piste jaune),

sur le sol, 10 avril 1981, J.L. De Sloover 33833 et 33838 (NAM, PC).

* Laboratoire de Botanique, Facultés Universitaires de Namur, Belgique.

Cryptogamie, Bryol. Lichénol., 1981, 2, 4 : 471-472.

Source : MNHN. Paris

472 J.L. DE SLOOVER

b) Le genre Steereobryon est nouveau pour la Guadeloupe, où on ne connais-

sait, de la famille des Polytrichaceae, que Pogonatum tortile (Sw.) Brid., espéce

trés commune et citée sous de nombreux synonymes (DE FOUCAULT 1977 :

18).

Atrichum subulirostrum Schimp. ex Besch. et A. portoricense Crum & Steere

ont été mis en synonymie par SMITH, qui а créé pour cette espèce le genre

Steereobryon (1971 : 56). NYHOLM (1971) gardait encore les deux espèces

séparées. Les deux récoltes citées ici, dont la seconde est fertile, confirment

la mise en synonymie proposée par SMITH. On trouvera des descriptions et des

illustrations de cette espéce dans CRUM & STEERE (1957), FRYE (1948),

NYHOLM (1971) et SMITH (1971).

Steereobryon subulirostrum était connu du Mexique, de la Jamaïque, de

Haïti, Porto Rico, le Venezuela et la Colombie (SMITH 1971 : 56). La Guade-

loupe s'inscrit naturellement dans cette répartition.

TRAVAUX CITÉS

CRUM H.A. & STEERE W.C., 1957 — The mosses of Porto Rico and the Virgin islands.

Sci. Surv. Porto Rico Virgin isl., УП, 4 : 393-599.

DE FOUCAULT B., 1957 — Flore des bryophytes de Guadeloupe, Off. Natl. Forêts Basse-

Terre, 111 pp.

FLORSCHÜTZ P.A., 1964 — Flora of Suriname, VI, 1, Musci, 271 РР.

FRYE T.C., 1948 — Atrichum subulirostrum. Bryologist 51 : 186-188.

NYLHOLM E., 1971 — Studies in the genus Atrichum P. Beauv. A short survey of the

genus and the species. Lindbergia 1 : 1-33.

SMITH G.L., 1971 — A conspectus of the genera of Polytrichaceae. Mem. New York

Bot. Gard. 21 (3), 83 pp.

Source : MNHN. Paris

473

INFORMATIONS

VIENT DE PARAÎTRE

CROSBY М.В. and MAGILL В.Е. — A dictionary of mosses. Third printing.

St Louis, Missouri Botanical Garden. 1981, 43 р. ($ 4.00, auprès du Department

Eleven, Missouri Botanical Garden, P.O. Box 299, St Louis, Mo 63166, USA).

GANGULEE Н.С. — Mosses of Eastern India and adjacent regions — a mono-

graph. Calcutta, Н.С. Gangulee. 3 vol. 1969-1980, xvii + (liii) + 2145 p., 1061

fig., 597 cartes (Bot., Univ. Calcutta, Calcutta 700019 India).

Cet ouvrage comprend 8 fascicules dont voici les dates de parution :

fasc. 1, 28 juin 1969, i-xiii, (iiv), 1-170

fasc. 2, 28 juin 1971, xiv, (v-xiii), 171-566

fasc. 3, 6 oct. 1972, xv, (xiv-xix), 567-830

fasc. 4, 1 nov. 1974, xvi, (xx-xxvi), 831-1134

fasc. 5, 1 nov. 1976, (xxvii-xxxv), 1135-1462

fasc. 6, 30 sept. 1977, (xxxvi-xxxviii), 1463-1546

fasc. 7, 31 déc. 1978, xvii, (xxxix-xliv), 1547-1752

fasc. 8, 16 oct. 1980, (xlv-liii), 1753-2145

MUSCILLANEA — publication du «Werkgroep Bryologie» devant paraître

2 fois par an (en hollandais, avec rés. angl.). Ce groupe de travail existe depuis

1978; il a pour objet l'étude de la bryoflore, spécialement de la partie nord de la

Belgique, et la diffusion de la connaissance des mousses et hépatiques belges.

(ВЕ 100 par an, auprès de : Willy Van Rompu, Bosstraat 86, B-9180 Belsele).

POELT J. und VEZDA А. — Bestimmungschlüssel europäischer Flechten.

Ergänzungsheft IL. Bibliotheca lichenologica 1981, 16 : 1-390 (CRAMER ]., in

den Springackern 2, D-3300 Braunschweig; Prix de souscription : 64 DM, prix

ordinaire : 80 DM).

ANNONCE DE DÉCÈS

Hans HORMANN (7 mai 1902-20 mai 1981) — courte note in Phytologia

1981, 49, 1 : 51-52, 1 photo, par Degener О. ynd I., und Smith D.R.

Monte G. MANUEL est subitement décédé le 8 juin 1981, à Nairobi, Kenya.

Source : MNHN, Paris

474

BIBLIOGRAPHIE BRYOLOGIQUE

D. LAMY*

SYSTÉMATIQUE, NOMENCLATURE

BIZOT M. and POCS T. — East African Bryophytes, Ш. Acta Bot. Acad. Sci.

Hung. 1979, 25, 3-4 : 223-261.

Liste de 330 esp. récoltées par Pocs T. en Tanzanie et par d’autres coll. en

Afrique du S В. Nombreuses esp. sont nouv. pour la région, 6 pour l'Afrique.

Proposition de 2 nom. nouv. : Frullania vandenberghenii Pocs pour Е. epiphylla

Vanden Berghen, et Lejeunea tuberculiflora E.W. Jones ex Pocs pour Eulejeunea

camerunensis Steph. Comb. nouv. : Lophocolea muhavurensis (S. Arn.) S. Arn.

ex Pocs (— Chiloscyphus m.), Campylopus metzlerelloides (P. Varde et Thér.)

Biz. (= Bryohumbertia m.), Fissidens diaphanodonta (P. Varde) Biz. (= Moenke-

meyera d.), F. enervis ssp. hedbergii (P. Varde) Biz. (= F.h.), Rhodobryum pers-

pinidens (Broth.) Pocs (= Bryum p.) et Rh. spathulatum (Hornsch.) Pocs (=

Mnium s.). Noter les remarques taxonom. et les nouv. synon.

DÉGUCHI H. — Keys to the species of Grimmia, Schistidium and Coscinodon

in Japan. Proc. Bryol. Soc. Japan 1979, 2, 8 : 107-110, en japonais (Dept.

Biol., Fac. Sci., Univ. Kochi, 2 chome, Akebono-cho, 780 Japan).

DEGUCHI Н. — Note sur quatre espèces himalayennes de la famille des Grim-

miacées (Musci). Hikobia 1980, 8, 3-4 : 259-268, 4 fig. (Idem).

Notes morphol. et taxon. concernant Grimmia khasiana Mitt. (syn. nouv. : G.

dimorphula C. Müll.), Racomitrium strictifolium (Mitt.) Jaeg. (syn. avec С. atra-

ta Mielich.), Racomitrium fuscescens Wils. et В. himalayanum (Mitt.) Jaeg.

HASEGAWA ]. — Taxonomic studies on asian Anthocerotae. Il, Some asian

species of Dendroceros. J. Hattori Bot. Lab. 1980, 47 : 287-309, 11 fig.

(Lab. Applied Bot., Fac. Agric., Kyoto Univ., Kyoto, 606 Japan).

Clé, descr., ill. des esp. de Dendroceros représentées au Japon : D. japonicus

Steph. et D. tubercularis Hatt. Notes à propos des esp. asiatiques à nervure

pleine : descr., ill. de D. subplanus Steph. (syn. nouv. : D. angustus Steph. et

D. integerrimus Steph.), D. foliicola sp. nov. de Bornéo aff. de la précédente,

D. acutilobus Steph. (syn. пошу. : D. karstenii Schiffn. ex Steph.), D. validus

* Lab, Cryptogamie, 12 rue Buffon, F-75005 Paris.

Cryptogamie, Bryol. Lichénol., 1981, 2, 4 :474-489.

Source : MNHN, Paris

BIBLIOGRAPHIE BRYOLOGIQUE 475

Steph. et D. javanicus (Nees) Nees (nouv. descr., syn. nouv, : D. elegans Steph.).

Notes à propos des esp. asiatiques à nervure non pleine : descr., ill. de D. diffici-

lis Steph. (syn. nouv. : D. cucullatus Steph.), D. pedunculatus Steph., D. caver-

nosus sp. nov. de Bornéo.

HATTORI S. — Dr. Н. Inoue’s Frullania collection made in Formosa. Bull. Natl.

Sci. Mus. Ser. В (Bot.), 1980, 6, 1 : 33-40, 3 fig. (Hatt. Bot. Lab., Nichinan-

shi, Miyazaki-ken, 889-25 Japan).

Liste de 12 esp. avec les loc. Diagn., descr., Ш. de 3 esp. nouv. : Е. (Trachy-

colea) caduca, Е. (Trach.) hiroshii, E. (Trach.) inouei.

HATTORI S. — Notes on Frullania species of Iriomote and Ishigaki Islands, the

Ryukyu Archipelago. J. Jap. Bot. 1980, 55, 5 : 132-135, 1 fig. (Idem).

Liste de 5 taxa avec loc. dont Fr. (Diastaloba) iriomotensis sp. nov. (diagn.,

descr., ill).

HATTORI S. — Notes on the Asiatic species of the genus Frullania, Hepaticae.

XII. J. Hattori Bot. Lab. 1980, 47 : 85-125, fig. 219-240 (Idem).

106. — Diagn., descr., ill. de Е. (Frull.) vittata fo. denticulata, Е. (Trachyc.)

piptophylla et Е. (Trachyc.) piptophylloides, taxons nouv. de Nouvelle-Guinée.

— 107. — Diagn., descr., ill. de F. (Frull.) antaresensis sp. nov. de Nouv.-Guinée.

— 108. — Diagn., descr., Ш. de F. (Trachyc.) subpedicellata, de F. (Trachyc.)

rhytidantha, Е. (Trachyc.) sphaerantha et Е. (Trach.) pseudoschensiana, esp.

nouv. de l'Inde. — 109. — Е. acutiloba Mitt. est considéré comme esp. distincte

de Е. hampeana Nees. Cette dernière doit céder la priorité à Е. monocera (Tayl.)

Tayl. — 110. — Е. (Fusiorillegerae) gaudichaudii var. ceylanica (Nees) c.n. (=

Е. ceyl.). — 111. — F. bonincola Hatt. doit être exclu de la flore de Formose et

remplacé par Е. monocera. — 112. — Lectotypification de Е. (Frull.) apiculata

(Reinw. et al.) Dum. — 113. — Е. armitana var. longe-attenuata (Hatt.) c.n.

(= F. longe-attenuata). — 114. — Descr, de F. polyptera Tayl. récolté à Ceylan.

— 115. — Descr, ill., distr. de F. (Trachyc.) subclavata Steph. — 116. — Diagn.,

descr., ill. де F. (Trachyc.) carrii var. subcarrii Hatt. var. nov. de Nouv.-Guinée.

— 117. — Descr., ill. de Е. (Frull.) serrata subsp. van-zantenii (Kamim. et Hatt.)

cn. (= Е. van-zant.). — 118. — Descr., ill. de F. (Frull.) madens Steph. de Nouv.-

Guinée. — 119. — Descr., ill. de Е, (Trachyc.) sinensis Steph. nouv. pour l'Inde.

— 120. — Е. fusco-virens Steph. doit être considéré comme une var. de Е. valida

Steph. — 121. — F. hamatiloba Steph. pourrait étre conspécifique avec F.

(Trach.) koreana Steph. (descr.). — 122. — Descr. de Е. (Diastal.) hypoleuca

Nees. — 123. — Propagules de F. gemmulosa Hatt. et Thaith. — 124. — Descr.,

Ш. de Е. (Trachyc.) brittoniae subsp. truncatifolia (Steph.) Schust. et Hatt. nouv.

pour la Chine.

KITAGAWA М. — Studies on Asian species of Bazzania, Hepaticae, IL. Bull.

Nara Univ. Educ. 1979, 28, 2 : 71-83, 6 fig. (Biol. Lab., Nara Univ. Educ.,

Nara, 630 Japan).

Descr, ill de Bazzania palmatifida (Steph.) Grolle, B. parvitexta Steph.,

Source - MNHN. Paris

476 BIBLIOGRAPHIE BRYOLOGIQUE

В. calcarata (Sde Lac.) Schiffn., B. stresemannii (Herz.) c.n. (= Mastigobryum

s.), B. asymmetrica (Steph.) c.n. (= Mast. a.), B. subaequitexta (Steph.) c.n. (=

Mast. s.) de Nouvelle-Guinée.

KUMAR S.S. — Taxonomic studies in West Himalayan mosses. 1. Hikobia 1980,

8, 3-4 : 245-258, 6 fig. (Dept. Bot., Panjab Univ., Chandigarh, 160014 India).

Clé, descr., ill. de 6 Encalypta : E. streptocarpa Hedw., E. rhabdocarpa

Schwaegr., E. tibetana Mitt., E. ciliata Hedw., E. vulgaris Hedw. et E. alpina Sm.

KUWAHARA У. — Metzgeria maegdefraui, spec. nov. from the Neotropics.

Hikobia 1980, 8, 34 : 269-273, 1 fig. (10-2139, Mii-machi, Kurume, Fu-

kuoka, 830 Japan).

Diagn., descr., ill. de M. maegdefraui esp. nouv. de Colombie. Comparaison

avec M. mexicana Steph. et M. herminieri Schiffn.

KUWAHARA Y. — Four new species of the Metzgeriaceae (Hepaticae) from the

subantarctic region with enumeration of previously reported taxa of the

family. Hikobia 1980, 8, 3-4 : 274-296, 45 fig. (Idem).

Diagn., descr., ill. de M. engelii esp. nouv. des Iles Falkland, M. sparrei esp.

nouv. du Chili, M. vittii esp. nouv. de Nouvelle-Zélande et M. monoica esp.

nouv. du Chili. Comparaison avec esp. affines. Énumération avec loc. de 49 esp.

et 4 var. de la famille des Metzgeriaceae représentées dans la région subantarc-

tique incluant la Nouvelle-Zélande, la Tasmanie et le Sud de l'Amérique du Sud.

NOGUCHI A. — Notulae bryologicae, X. J. Hattori Bot. Lab. 1980, 47 : 311-

317, 4 fig. (Hatt. Bot. Lab., Nichinan-shi, Miyazaki-ken 889-25 Japan).

1. Forsstroemia tripinnata (Dix.) c.n. (= Porotrichum t.). — 2. — Garovaglia

conchophylla Ren. et Card., Pterobryopsis handelii Broth. et P. morrisonicola

Nog. sont syn. avec Pier. acuminata (Hook.) Fleisch. — 3. — Calyptothecium

auriculatum (Dix.) c.n. (= Рег. aur.). — 4. — Calypt. integrifolium (Bartr.) c.n.

(= Symphysodon i.). — 5. — Descr. du sporophyte de Jaegerina luzonensis

Broth.

TAN B.C. and SCHOFIELD W.B.— On Dichodontium pellucidum and D.

olympicum. Canad. J. Bot. 1980, 58, 19 :2067-2072, 1 carte, 16 fig., 1 tabl.

(Dept. Bot., Univ. British Columbia, Vancouver, B.C., Canada V6T 1W5).

Comparaison morphol. et anatom. entre D. pellucidum (Hedw.) Dix. et D.

olympicum Ren. et Card. Caract. bien spécif. : détails cellulaires de la surf.

ventrale de la nervure de la feuille, cellules de l'exothéque, la sexualité. Les

Oreoweisia serrulata (Funck) De Not. du Canada sont en fait des D. pellucidum.

D. olympicum est endémique de l’ouest de l'Amérique du Nord.

VANDER GRONDE K. — Studies on Colombian Cryptogams VIII, The genus

Jensenia Lindb. (Hepaticae). Proc. Kon. Ned. Akad. Wetensch., Ser. C Biol.

Med. Sci. 1980, 83, 3 : 271-278, 1 fig. (Inst. Syst. Plantkunde, Heidelberglaan

2, Utrecht, Netherlands).

Source : MNHN, Paris

BIBLIOGRAPHIE BRYOLOGIQUE 477

Descr., (diagn.), distr., écol. de Jensenia florschuetzii sp. nov., J. erythropus

(Gott.) Grolle, J. e. var. erythropus et J.e. var. nobandae var. nov.

MORPHOLOGIE, ANATOMIE

DEGUCHI H. — Foot of Hedwigia ciliata. Proc. Bryol. Soc. Japan 1980, 2, 9 :

126, en japonais.

KAWAI I. — Anatomical characteristics of stems in some species of Dicranaceae.

Proc. Bryol. Soc. Japan 1980, 2, 9 : 126, en japonais.

SATO S. and YAMADA М. — Scanning electron microscopy on the antheridium

of Conocephalum conicum. J. Hattori Bot. Lab. 1980, 47 : 333-344, 15 fig.

(Dept. Biol. & Lab. Electr. Microsc., Japan Women's Univ., Mejirodao,

Bunkyo-ku, Tokyo, Japan).

Mise en évidence à la surface des réceptacles d, de pores anthéridiaux et de

pores de ventilation à structure différente. Observation de la spermatogenése au

microsc. à balayage. Présence de cristaux contenant du calcium dans les cellules

antheridiales.

PHYSIOLOGIE, CHIMIE

HUAULT Cl. — Contrôle par le phytochrome de la germination des propagules

de Lunularia cruciata L. Compt.-Rend. Hebd. Séances Acad. Sci., Ser. D

1980, 291, 2 : 307-310, 6 fig., tabl. (Centres Rech. Biol. & Physiol. Cell.,

Lab. Photobiol., Г.А. CNRS по 203, Fac. Sci., F-76130 Mont-Saint-Aignan).

Le besoin de lumière est lié à l'intervention du phytochrome et au rôle des

substances endogènes inhibitrices dans la germination des propagules de Lun.

cruciata.

KARUNEN P., MIKOLA H. and EKMAN R, — Separation and analysis of steryl

and wax esters from Dicranum elongatum. Physiol. Pl. (Copenhagen) 1980,

49, 4 1351-353, 2 tabl., 1 fig. (Dept. Bot., Univ. Turku, SF-20500 Turku 50).

Séparation complète des esters cireux et des esters de stéryle, chez le Dicra-

num elongatum subarctique, faite par chromatographie en plaque mince (MgO).

La composition en acide gras des esters cireux varie en fonction de l'áge du pied.

Par contre la distr. d'acides gras des esters de stéryle ne montre pas de différence

notable entre les différents pieds.

MATSUO A., NAKAYAMA M., HAYASHI S. and МАСА! К. — Fatty acid ethyl

esters in the liverwort Conocephalum conicum. Phytochemistry 1980, 19, 8 :

1848-1849, 1 tabl. (Dept. Chemistry, Fac. Sci. Hiroshima Univ., Hiroshima

730, Japan).

PIHAKASKI S. and PIHAKASKI K. — Effects of glyphosate on ultrastructure

Source : MNHN, Paris

478 BIBLIOGRAPHIE BRYOLOGIQUE

and photosynthesis of Pellia epiphylla. Ann. Bot. (London) 1980, 46, 2 :

133-141, 6 pl., 2 fig. (Dept. Bot., Univ. Turku, SF-20500 Turku 50).

Rapide chute de l'activité photosynthétique aprés aspersion de glyphosate;

tendance à une reprise aprés une semaine. Observation de structures vésiculaires

et tubulaires à la surface du chloroplaste, et de corps granuleux semblant étre

détachés du stroma du chloroplaste. Il y a détérioration des oléocorps, du réti-

culum endoplasmique et des ribosomes, augmentation de sphérules lipidiques

et vacuolisation du cytoplasme. Aprés 2 semaines, détérioration du grana.

SIMOLA L.K. and KOSKIMIES-SOININEN K. — The effect of fluoride on the

growth and fatty acid composition of Sphagnum fimbriatum at two tempera-

tures. Physiol. Pl. (Copenhagen) 1980, 50, 1 : 74-77, 2 tabl. (Dept. Bot.,

Univ. Helsinki, Helsinki, Finland).

THEODOR R., ZINSMEISTER H.D., MUES В. and MARKHAM К.В. — Fla-

vone C-glycosides of Apometzgeria pubescens. Phytochemistry 1980, 19, 8 :

1695-1700, 3 tabl. (Fachber. 16, Bot., Univ. Saarlandes, 6600 Saarbrücken,

West Germany).

Identification de 11 flavones di-C-glycosides dont 9 sont nouv. pour Apo-

metzgeria pubescens. Le 6,8-di-C-glucoside tricétine et le 6-C-arabinoside-8.C-

pentoside tricine sont en proportion majoritaire. Noter la présence du «feru-

lylisoschaftoside». Importance taxonomique.

CYTOLOGIE

KUMAR 5.5. and NARULA M. — Cytological studies on some West Himalayan

mosses. Hikobia 1980, 8, 34 : 355-361, 16 fig. (Dept. Bot., Panjab Univ.,

Chandigarh 160014, India).

9 taxons sont étudiés. Premier comptage pour Fissidens rambii Gang. (n =

10), Е. curvatoxiphioides Dix. et P. Vard. (п = 10), Е. curvatoinvolutus Dix.

(n = 12), F. biformis var. subbryoides Mitt. (n = 10).

KUMAR 8.5. and VERMA S.K. — Chromosome numbers in some West Hima-

layan mosses. Hikobia 1980, 8, 3-4 : 362-364, 1 tabl. (Idem).

Étude de 21 esp. de Bryaceae. Premier comptage pour 9 esp.

RÉPARTITION, ÉCOLOGIE, SOCIOLOGIE.

DEGUCHI Н. — Noteworthy mosses from the Shikoku district of Japan. Mem.

Fac. Sci. Kochi Univ. Ser. D (Biol.) 1980, 1 : 35-43, 5 fig. (Dept. Biol., Fac.

Sci., Kochi Univ., 2 chome, Akebono-cho, 780 Japan).

11 esp. récoltées dans le district de Shikoku, dont 9 sont nouv. pour cette

région. Descr., ill. de Ditrichum flexicaule (Schwaegr.) Hampe; rectification de

la descr. de Heterocladium capillaceum Broth. ex Ihs.

Source : MNHN. Paris

BIBLIOGRAPHIE BRYOLOGIQUE 479

HARTMANN Н. — Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Pflanzengesellschaften Spitzbergens.

Phytocoenologia 1980, 8, 1 : 65-147, 8 phot., 14 fig., 6 tabl. (Sonnenrain

62, CH-8700 Küsnacht).

Descr. des associations. Écosociologie de cert. esp.; mousses, lichens, phané-

rogames cités. Observ. de toundra de mousses : comparaison entre la communau-

té «sèche» à Sphagnum squarrosum et Hypnum revolutum et la communauté

«humide» à Drepanocladus revolvens et Deschampsia alpina. Noter la trouvaille

de larges tapis de Racomitrium lanuginosum.

IWATSUKI Z. — Some noteworthy mosses from South Eastern Shikoku, Japan.

Proc. Bryol. Soc. Japan 1979, 2, 8 : 118, en japonais.

KAMIMURA M., ANDO H., DEGUCHI H., HASEGAWA J., HIGUCHI M.,

IWATSUKI Z., KIGUCHI H., KITAGAWA N., NISHIMURA N., SATO Y.,

UNE K. and YOSHIMURA I. — List of bryophytes collected in the Tengu-

kogen Highland, Shikoku, Southern Japan, during the 7th Foray (1978)

organized by the Bryological Society of Japan. Bull. Kochi Gakuen Junior

Coll. 1979, 10 :25-33, en jap., rés. angl.

154 mousses et 56 hépatiques avec loc.

KANDA Н. — Distributional additions to the Japanese Amblystegiaceae and

allied family. Hikobia 1980, 8, 3-4 : 322-330, 2 fig. (Natl. Inst. Polar Res.,

Kaga, Itabashi, Tokyo, Japan).

Nouv. loc. au Japon pour Heterocladium tenellum Deg. et Suz., Amblyste-

gium serpens (Hedw.) B.S.G., Leptodictyum radicale (P. Beauv.) Kanda, Campy-

lium squarrosulum (Besch. et Card.) Kanda, Drepanocladus schulzei (Limpr.)

Roth et Pseudohygrohypnum purpurascens (Broth.) Kanda.

MARSTALLER R. — Zur Verbreitung und Soziologie einiger Moose der Trocken-

und Halbtrockenrasen im östlichen Thüringen - 3. Beitrag zur Moosvege-

tation Thüringens. Wiss. Z. Friedrich-Schiller-Univ. Jena, Math.-Naturwiss.

Reihe 1980, 29, 1 : 79-88, 6 fig, 1 tabl. (Friedrich-Schiller-Univ., Sekt.

Biol., DDR 69 Jena).

Distr., écol. et sociol. d'Abietinella abietina, Rhytidium rugosum, Camptothe-

cium lutescens, Entodon orthocarpus et Tortella inclinata dans la partie est de

la Thuringe. Descr. de l'ass. Rhytidio-Entodontetum Stodiek en Thuringe.

MARSTALLER В. — Die Bryophytengesellschaften der Jenaer Umgebung —

eine Uebersicht. 4. Beitrag zur Moosvegetation Thüringens. Wiss. Z. Friedrich-

Schiller-Univ. Jena, Math.-Naturwiss. Reihe 1980, 29, 1 : 89-108 (Idem).

Descr. (structure, composition floristique, distr.) de 74 assoc. de bryophytes

naturelles et anthropogéniques des alentours de Jena; 3 ass. nouv. :le Pottietum

davallianae , le Dicranello-Campylopetum flexuosae et l'Hookerietum lucentis.

NISHIMURA N. and HIGUCHI M. — A new locality of Diphyscium perminutum

Tak. Hikobia 1980, 8, 3-4 : 273, en japonais.

Source : MNHN, Paris

480 BIBLIOGRAPHIE BRYOLOGIQUE

PETERSON W.L., SMITH D.K. and SHARP A.J. — The mosses of the Kodiak

Archipelago. J. Hattori Bot. Lab. 1980, 47 : 269-285, 1 fig., 1 tabl. (Dept.

Bot., Univ. Tennessee, Knoxville, Tenn. 37916 USA).

Historique de la découverte et de l'exploration de l'archipel. Liste avec loc.

de 240 taxons dont 32 sont nouv. pour l'ile Kodiak (parmi eux 26 sont nouv.

pour l’Archipel).

SEKI T. and MIYAGI C. — An ecological observation on Gymnostomiella longi-

nervis Broth. in Okinawa Island. Hikobia 1980, 8, 34 : 416-423, 3 fig.,

1 tabl., en jap., rés. angl. (The Miyajima Nat. Bot. Gard., Hiroshima Univ.,

Hiroshima, Japan).

SKOLOWSKI A.W. — Zbiorowiska Lesna Polnocno — Wschodniej Polski (Forest

communities of North-Eastern Poland). Monogr. Bot. 1980, 60 : 1-205,

18 fig., 59 tabl.

Étude écologique du territoire de Bialystok. Descr. de 25 syntaxons de rang

d'association représentant 4 classes. Noter 6 nouv. ass. dont le Sphagno girgen-

sohnii-Piceetum. 8 ass. ont une affinité boréale. Mousses et lichens cités.

TAODA Н. — Studies on the Fabroniaceae of Japan. II. Hikobia 1980, 8, 3-4 :

298-321, 12 fig. (Asakawa Herb., Forestry and Forest Prod. Res. Inst., Ha-

chioji, Tokyo 193, Japan).

Clés, descr., loc., Ш. de 3 esp. et 1 var. d’Anacamptodon Brid., 2 esp. de

Fabronia Raddi, 1 esp. d’Iwatsukiella Buck et Cram, 2 esp. de Schwetschkeopsis

Broth.

UETA Н. and DEGUCHI Н. — Mosses for gardening in the Нага district, Kochi

Prefecture. Proc. Bryol. Soc. Japan 1980, 2, 9 : 133-135, fig., en jap., rés. angl.

WILLEMS J.H. — Observations on north-west European limestone grassland

communities. V, a and b. Proc. Kon. Ned. Akad. Wetensch., Ser. C Biol. Med.

Sci. 1980, 83, 3 : 279-306, 7 tabl., 5 fig. (Dept. Pl. Ecol. & Veg. Sci., State

Univ., Utrecht, The Netherlands).

Approche expérimentale de l'étude de la diversité des esp. et de la biomasse

des prairies calcicoles. Róle des bryophytes.

YUZAWA У. — Some species of Lejeuneaceae from Fukushima Prefecture,

Japan. Proc. Bryol. Soc. Japan 1979, 2, 8 : 105-107, en jap. (13 esp. avec loc.).

OUVRAGES GÉNÉRAUX

GANGULEE Н.С. — Mosses of Eastern India and adjacent regions - a mono-

graph. Calcutta, H.C. Gangulee, 3 vol., 1969-1980, xviii, (liii), 2145 p., 1061

fig., 597 cartes (Bot., Univ. Calcutta, Calcutta 700019, India).

L'aire étudiée représente la zone politique orientale de l'Inde, c’est-à-dire :

Source : MNHN, Paris

BIBLIOGRAPHIE BRYOLOGIQUE 481

Arunachal (ex NEFA), Assam, Nagaland, Manipur, Tripura, Bangal W, Bihar et

Orissa avec les régions naturelles adjacentes : Sikkim, Bhutan, Népal et Bangla-

desh; s’y ajoutent les Iles Andaman et Nicobar et une petite partie du Madhya

Pradesh. Cette monographie, qui veut servir de base à des recherches futures,

recouvre 990 esp. réparties en 274 genres et 52 familles. Descr. des familles et

des genres. Clés aux genres et esp. Taxonomie, descr., ill., distr. régionale et

mondiale de chaque esp. Notes cytologiques (nombres chromosomiques et

investigateurs) par genres. Les données géographiques par genre, et un index

taxonomique complétent cette importante monographie, qui est parue en 8

fascicules de 1969 à 1980. Ce travail, unique pour l'Inde orientale, bien illus-

tré, se présente comme un bon outil de référence. Taxons пошу. : Atrichum

longifolium Card. et Dix. ex Gang. - 1969, Calyptothecium dixonii Gang. - 1976,

Daltonia decolyi Broth. ex Gang. - 1977, Distichophyllum decolyi Gang. -

1977, Fissidens allanii Gang. - 1971, F. rambii Gang. - 1971, F. rigidiusculus

Broth. in Bruehl ex Gang. - 1971, Isopterygium andamanicum Gang. - 1980,

Leucophanes nicobaricum С. Müll. ex Gang. - 1971, Neckeropsis darjeelin-

gensis Gang. - 1976, Orontobryum recurvulum Gang, - 1977, Penzigiella hookeri

Gang. - 1976, Pohlia ampullacea Gang. - 1974, Schoenobryum concavifolium

(Griff) Gang. - 1976 (— Orthotrichum), Splachnobryum bengalense Gang. -

1974, Thamnobryum fruticosum (Mitt.) Gang. - 1976 (= Neckera), T. macro-

carpum (Brid.) Gang. - 1976 (— Neckera), Thyridium andamense Besch. ex

Gang. - 1972, T. nicobaricum Broth. ex Gang. - 1972, Trichosteleum puncti-

papillosum Par. ex Gang. - 1980, T. stereodontoides Broth, ex Gang. - 1980. (Les

dates de parution des différents fascicules sont indiquées dans la partie «Infor-

mations» du présent fascicule).

GRIFFIN III D. — Guia preliminar para as Briófitas freqüentes em Manaus e

adjacéncias. Acta Amazonica 1979, 9, 3, suppl. : 1-67, 11 pl. (Univ. Florida,

Gainesville, Florida, USA).

Clés aux esp. de mousses et hépatiques. Descr. des familles et clés aux esp.

de certains genres avec notes descr.

VARIA

ANDO Н. — Bibliography of the use of Bryophytes. Hikobia 1980, 8, 34 :

424-448 (Bot. Inst., Hiroshima Univ., Hiroshima, Japan).

BRUNEAU D. — Regards sur l'étude des Muscinées et des Lichens en Anjou.

Mém. Soc. Études Sci. Anjou «1980» 1981, 4 : 165-169 (44 rue du Pin,

F-49000 Angers).

Historique des récoltes et herb. depuis 1800. Courtes notices des principaux

bryologues et lichénologues qui travaillérent dans la région.

GADEA E.-— La distribució de la nematofauna muscícola i liquenicola als

illots del País Valencia. Treb. Inst. Catalana Hist. Nat. 1981, 9 :69-73, 1 fig.

(Dept. Zool., Fac. Biol. Univ. Barcelona, España).

Source : MNHN, Paris

482 BIBLIOGRAPHIE BRYOLOGIQUE

GÓTZ н. — Wilhelm Philipp SCHIMPER und Karl Friedrich SCHIMPER - zwei

Naturforscher am Oberrhein. Zum 100. Todestag Wilhelm Philipp Schimpers.

Beitr. Naturk. Forsch. Südwestdeutschl. 1980, 39 : 19-35, 2 fig. (Berliner

Strasse 50, D-6830 Schwetzinger).

Liens de parenté et relations scientifiques entre М.Р. Schimper de Strasbourg

et son cousin de Bade, le naturaliste K.F. Schimper. Généalogies, extr. de lettres,

portr.

GRELON 7. A propos de Marchantia polymorpha L., hépatique adventice

nouvelle, en extension dans les pépinières angevines. Mém. Soc. Études Sci.

Anjou «1980» 1981, 4 : 161-163 (ENITH, rue Le Nótre, F-49045 Angers

Cedex).

Essai de cultures sur milieu gélosé ou différents substrats horticoles. Test de la

sensibilité de cette esp. vis-à-vis des produits phytosanitaires.

IWATSUKI 2. — Notes on various methods of cultivation of bryophytes. 2.

Proc. Bryol. Soc. Japan 1979, 2, 8 : 110-113, fig. 4-5, en jap., rés. angl.

KATOH K., ISHIKAWA M., MIYAKE K., OHTA Y., HIROSE Y. and IWAMU-

RA T. — Nutrient utilization and requirement under photoheterotrophic

growth of Marchantia polymorpha : improvement of the culture medium.

Physiol. Pl. (Copenhague) 1980, 49, 2 : 241-247, 6 fig., 6 tabl. (Inst. Food

Chemistry, Shimamoto-cho, Mishima-gun, Osaka 618, Japan).

Descr. d'un nouv. milieu de culture pour les cellules chlorophylliennes de

M.p.

NISHIMURA N., HIGUCHI M. and UNE К. — Bryophytes as materials of the

nest of a songbird Pallass Dipper (Cinclus pallasii hondoensis). Hikobia

1980, 8, 3-4 :350-354, 2 fig., 3 tabl. (Bot. Inst., Hiroshima Univ., Hiroshima,

Japan).

STOTLER В.Е. — A history of Illinois Bryology. Trans. Illinois State Acad. Sci.

197, 72, 2 :16-27.

La bryologie en Illinois : historique, notes biographiques des principaux

botanistes.

WATANABE R.— A biography of Philipp Franz Baltasar von Siebold. Proc.

Bryol. Soc. Japan 1979, 2, 8 : 113-116, 2 fig., en japonais.

Source - MNHN. Paris

483

BIBLIOGRAPHIE LICHÉNOLOGIQUE

D. LAMY

SYSTÉMATIQUE, NOMENCLATURE

АНТИ Т. — Taxonomic revision of Cladonia gracilis and its allies. Ann. Bot.

Fenn. 1980, 17 : 195-243, 35 fig. (Dept. Bot., Univ. Helsinki, Unioninkatu

44, SF-00170 Helsinki 17).

7 esp. sont reconnues appartenir au groupe Cladonia gracilis : С. macroceras

(Delise) Ahti, C. maxima (Asah.) Ahti et C. squamosissima (Müll. Arg.) Ahti c.n.

(= C. gracilis var. s.) sont confinés à l'hémisphére nord, et С. subchordalis A.W.

Evans à lhémisphére sud, tandis que C. cornuta (L.) Hoffm., С. ecmocyna

Leighton et C. gracilis (L.) Willd. ont une distribution bipolaire. C. gracilis est

divisé en 6 sous-esp. : ssp. elongata (Jacq.) Vainio, ssp. gracilis, ssp. nigripes

(Nyl.) Ahti c.n. (= C. ecmocyna f. nigr.), ssp. tenerrima ssp. nov, d'Australie,

ssp. furbinata (Ach.) cn. (= Lichen t.), et ssp. vulnerata ssp. nov. d'Alaska.

Cladonia comuta comprend 2 sous-esp. : ssp comuta et ssp. groenlandica

(E. Dahl) c.n. (= C. comuta var. g.). C. ecmocyna est divisé en ssp. ecmocyna

et ssp. intermedia (Robbins) c.n. (= C. elongata f. i.). C. propagulifera (Vainio)

Dodge est syn. avec C. gracilis ssp. gracilis. C. gracilis var. dilatata (Hoffm.)

Vainio est remplacé par C. gracilis ssp. turbinata. Noter parmi les taxa exclus :

C. campbelliana (Vainio) Gyelnik, C. isabellina Vainio et C. comuta f. subdila-

iata Asah. Présence de types morphol. intermédiaires entre les sous-esp. de C.

gracilis, comparables aux hybrides locaux chez les plantes supérieures. Clé aux

taxons. Pour chaque taxon : taxonom., descr., chimie, ill., spécim. examinés.

La plupart des taxons contiennent les acides fumarprotocétrarique et protocétra-

rique, quelques-uns de l’atranorine. Nouv. substances isolées ; ac. squamatique

chez C. subchordalis et ac. grayanique chez С. isabellina. Noter encore la récolte

de C. alinii Trass. en Alaska, nouv. pour l'Amérique du Nord.

POELT J. und VEZDA А. — Bestimmungsschlüssel europäischer Flechten.

Ergänzungsheft IL. Biblioth. Lichenol. 1981, 16 : 1-390.

Cet ouvrage, fait en collaboration avec d’autres lichénologues, fait suite à

l'Ergánzungsheft 1 paru en 1977, Il comprend : le système des Lichens (genres

européens) : ordres, familles et genres; clés aux lichens à basides, aux lichens à

algues bleues (voir POELT 1979), aux lichens arbusculés et fruticuleux, aux

lichens foliacés et squamuleux, aux lichens à algues vertes stériles, ou avec des

sorédies ou des isidies, aux lichens coniocarpes, aux lichens pyrénocarpes, aux

Source - MNHN, Paris

484 BIBLIOGRAPHIE LICHÉNOLOGIQUE

lichens lirellocarpes et aux lichens discocarpes crustacés. Révision de 64 genres

et de Parmelia subgen. Melanoparmelia. Descr. du genre, clé aux esp. (avec

descr., chimie et syn.) et bibliographie. Corrections et additions au 1° supplé-

ment. Corrections et nouveautés taxonomiques du 2? supplément; on notera :

28 comb. nouv., diagn. de Melanolecia Hertel gen. nov. (esp. type : M. transitoria

(Arnold) c.n. (= Lecidea) et de Lecanora mugosphagneti Poelt et Vézda, de

Bavière, ex aff. Lecanora pallidae. Index pour les 2 suppléments.

SINGH A. — Lichenology in Indian subcontinent 1966-1977. Lucknow, Econo-

mic Bot. Inf. Serv., Natl. Bot. Res. Inst. 1980, 112 p.

Centres de recherches et herbiers de lichens en Inde; études botaniques et

chimiques effectuées. Index des esp. avec loc.; index des esp. avec contenus

chimiques et bibliographie. Comb. nouv. : Heterodermia dactyliza f. serpens

(Vain.) (= Anaptychia obscurata var. s.), Н. dentritica var. propagulifera (Vain.)

(= Anaptychia), Hypogymnia pseudohypotrypa (Asah.) (= Parmelia), Parmelia

coorgiana (Patw. et Prabhu) (= Hypotrachyna), P. dahlii (Hale) (= Pseudoparme-

lia), P. indica (Hale) (= Parmelina), P. hamatii (Patw. et Prabhu) (= Parmotre-

ma), P. mason-halei (Patw. et Prabhu) (= Hypotrachyna), P. rhytidodes (Hale)

(= Parmelina), Phaeophyscia endococcina var. khumbuensis (Poelt) (= Physcia

е. var. k.).

MORPHOLOGIE, ANATOMIE

GIERSBERG M. — Wachstumsmessungen an Cladonia chlorophaea (Flk.) Zopf.

Arch. Freunde Naturgesch. Mecklenburg 1978, 18 : 65-67, 1 fig, 1 tabl.

(Wilhelm-Pieck-Univ. Rostock, Sekt. Biol., WB Terrestrische Oekol., DDR-25

Rostock).

LAMBRIGHT D.D. and TUCKER S.C. — Observations on the Ultrastructure of

Trypethelium eluteriae Spreng. Bryologist 1980, 83, 2 : 170-178, 12 fig.

(Dept. Bot., Louisiana State A & M Univ., Baton Rouge, LA 70603 USA).

Cortex supérieur amorphe, parois fines des hyphes de la médulle et invagina-

tions du plasmalemme suggèrent une relation saprophytique entre le myco-

bionte et les cellules du péridesme. Observ. et descr. du phycobionte (Trente-

pohlia) et du mycobionte ascomycéte.

POELT J.— Eine diózische Flechte. Pl. Syst. Evol. 1980, 135, 1-2 : 81-87,

3 fig. (Inst. Bot., Univ. Graz, Holteigasse 6, A-8010 Graz).

Descr. de Lecidea verruca poussant en parasite sur d'autres lichens crustacés,

qui, contrairement à la plupart des autres ascomycétes lichénisés, est dioique.

Les thalles d portant des spermogonies sont plus petits que les thalles 9.

RÉPARTITION, ÉCOLOGIE, SOCIOLOGIE

ANDREEV M.P. — Lichens of the genera Cladina and Cladonia from Anyui-

Source : MNHN, Paris

BIBLIOGRAPHIE LICHÉNOLOGIQUE 485

plateau. Bot. Zum. (Moscow et Leningrad) 1981, 66, 1 : 31-41, 3 fig., 3 tabl.,

en russe, rés. angl. (Bot. Inst. V.L. Komarova, AN SSSR, Leningrad).

47 esp. de Cladonia et Cladina des Mts Апуш. 12 sont попу. pour la région

de Chukotka. Comparaison avec les flores de l'holarctique М. Comparaison des

esp. d'un habitat à l'autre. Utilisation de l'index Goodal.

BACKEUS I. — Vegetation changes after fertilization on drained peatlands in

Central Sweden. Acta Phytogeogr. Suec. 1980, 68 : 17-30, 4 fig, 5 tabl.

(Inst. Ecol. Bot., Uppsala Univ., Box 559, S-751 22 Uppsala).

Étude des changements à court et long termes des tourbiéres ombrotro-

phiques : diminution de la couverture totale de Sphaignes, baisse de leur vitalité,

influence des conditions de nutrition et de la croissance des arbres. La végétation

devient plus ou moins semblable à celle des forêts humides sur sol minéral.

Bryophytes et lichens cités.

CORTINI-PEDROTI С. — La flora briologica dell'Isola di Montecristo (Arcipelago

Toscano). Webbia 1980, 34, 2 : 707-760, 1 tabl. (Ist. Bot., Univ., 50121

Firenze, Italia).

Descr. de l’île de Montecristo et de sa végétation. Liste de 33 hépatiques et

129 mousses avec données écol. Nouveautés pour l’île. Noter liste de 52 lichens.

DOUGLAS G.W. and PETERSON W.L. — Contributions to the floras of British

Columbia and the Yukon Territory. И. Mosses and Lichens. Canad. J. Bot.

1980, 58, 20 : 2145-2147 (Douglas Ecol. Consultants Ltd., 2049 Crescent

Road, Victoria, BC Canada V8S 2G9).

Mousses et lichens avec loc. 1 mousse et 5 lichens nouv. pour la British

Columbia et 8 mousses pour le Yukon.

HERNANDEZ PADRÓN С. y PÉREZ DE PAZ P.L. — Estudio preliminar de

los líquenes epifitos del Sabinar de la Dehesa en El Hierro (Islas Canarias).

Vieraea «1979» 1980, 9, 1-2 : 15-32, 4 fig., 3 tabl, (Mus. Ins. Ci. Nat., Apdo.

853, Santa Cruz de Tenerife, Tenerife, Islas Canarias).

Identification de 43 esp. épiphytes du Juniperus phoenicea L. dans l'ile

de Hierro. 8 sont nouv. pour Hierro, 1 pour les Iles Canaries (Parmelia stuppea

Tayl.). Analyse des facteurs déterminant leur distribution.

MAKRYI T.V. — New species of lichen flora of the USSR. Bot. Zurn. (Moscow

et Leningrad) 1981, 66, 1 : 129-132, en russe (Zentral'niji Sibirskii Bot. Sad,

CO AN SSSR, Novosibirsk).

Parmelia olivaceoides Krog., P. predisjuncta Essl., P. ruderata Vain., Solari-

nella asteriscus Anzi пошу. pour l'URSS.

MONTACCHINI F. PIERVITTORI В. — Studi sulla vegetazione del Parco

Nazionale del Gran Paradiso. I. Prime osservazioni sulla flora e vegetazione

lichenica nell orizzonte alpino e subalpino del versante Piemontese del

P.N.G.P. Alloinia «1978-1979» 1980, 23 : 161-182, 14 tabl. (Ist. Bot., Univ.

Torino, Italia).

Source : MNHN, Paris

486 BIBLIOGRAPHIE LICHÉNOLOGIQUE

Caractéristiques de la végétation phanérogamique et lichénique. De nombreux

lichens sont nouv. pour la région du Parc national de Gran Paradiso. Associations

lichéniques.

OSORIO H.S. — Contribution to the lichen flora of Uruguay. XIII. Lichens from

Sierra Mahoma, San Jose department. Phytologia 1980, 45, 3 : 217-220

(Dept. Bot., Mus. Nac. Hist. Nat., Montevideo, Uruguay).

51 taxa avec loc. de Uruguay SW. Xanthoria plittii (Gyeln) Hale nouv. pour

PUruguay.

OSORIO H.S. — Contribution to the lichen flora of Uruguay XV. Additional

records to the Rio Uruguay lichen flora. Phytologia 1980, 46, 3 : 137-142

(Idem).

70 taxa avec loc. Candelariella vitellina (Ehrh.) Müll. Arg., Leptogium margi-

nellum (Sw.) S. Gray, Opegrapha bonplandia var. imitans Redgr., О. lichenoides

var. octomera Redgr., Physcia aipolia (Ehrh.) Hpe., Porina subpungens Malme,

Pyrenula brunnea Fée et Rinodina megapotamica Malme sont nouv. pour l'Uru-

guay.

OSORIO H.S. and ARBELO MARTINS C.S. — Contribution to the lichen

flora of Brazil V. Three interesting records from Rio Grande do Sul. Phytolo-

gia 1980, 46, 4 : 229-230 (Idem).

Stereocaulon ramulosum (Sw.) Rausch, est nowy. pour le Rio Grande do Sul.

La présence de Cladonia confusa В. Sant. et celle de Cl. chondrotypa Vain, sont

confirmées.

OSORIO H.S. — Contribution to the lichen flora of Uruguay XVI. Lichens

collected by Mariano B. Berro. Phytologia 1981, 47, 5 : 393-396 (Idem).

Liste de 26 taxons avec loc.

PUEYO G. — Conditions climatiques d'une station lichénique de la Cóte Basque

(suite). Bull. Cent. Etud. Rech. Sci. Biarritz 1980, 13, 1 : 131-138, 3 tabl.

(Lab. Mus., C.E.R.S., Biarritz, France).

SEE М.С. and BLISS L.C. — Alpine lichen-dominated communities in Alberta

and the Yukon. Canad. J. Bot. 1980, 58, 20 : 2148-2170, 10 tabl., 12 fig.

(Dept. Bot., Univ. Alberta, Edmonton, Alta., Canada T6G 2E9).

Descr. de 3 communautés alpines de macrolichens; Cetraria tilesii et Thamno-

lia subuliformis caractérisent les sites les plus secs dans les 2 régions; Cetraria

cucullata, les habitats mésiques; des esp. de Cladonia dominent les sites acides

au Yukon, Stereocaulon alpinum et Peltigera aphthosa les habitats équivalents

dans l'Alberta. Descr. des communautés de pl. vasculaires. Relations avec le pH,

l'humidité du substrat, l'histoire de la glaciation. Comparaison avec d'autres

études nordiques.

SEPPELT R.D. — Lichen collections from Cape Denison, Commonwealth Bay,

King George V Land, Antarctica. Austral. Gov., Antarct. Div., Techn. Mem.

Source : MNHN, Paris

BIBLIOGRAPHIE LICHÉNOLOGIQUE 487

1980, 95 : 14 (Antarctic Div., Dept. Sci. & Environment, Melbourne, Victo-

ria, Australia).

Liste des esp. de Cap Denison.

SEPPELT R.D. — Bryophytes and lichens collected by the visit of Australian

Museum personnel to Macquarie Island, Summer 1977-1978. Austral. Gov.,

Antarct. Div., Techn. Mem. 1980, 94 : 1-11 (Idem).

Liste des loc. visitées. Liste des bryophytes et lichens avec loc.

SKYE E. — Continued investigations of epiphytic Lichen Flora around Kvarn-

torp in Naárke. Acta Phytogeogr. Suec. 1980, 68 : 141-152, 13 fig. (Inst.

Ecol. Bot., Uppsala Univ., Box 559, S-751 22 Uppsala).

Comparaison avec les études faites depuis 1952/53. Division des lichens selon

leur distribution dans l'aire étudiée. Changement en abondance selon le pH et

la pollution.

VALCUVIA PASSADORE M.G. — Contributo alla flora lichenica dell'Isola di

Montecristo (Arcipelago Toscano). Atti Ist. Bot. «Giovanni Briosi» set. 6,

«1978-79» 1980, 13 : 159-169 (Ist. Bot., Univ. Pavia, Italia).

Liste de 57 taxons avec loc., récoltés par S. Filipello et Е. Sartori (1973-

1976) sur l'ile de Montecristo. 30 sont nouv. pour l'Archipel toscan.

POLLUTION

BELTMAN LH., DE KOLK L.J., KUIPER Р.].С. and VAN HASSELT Р.В. —

Fatty acid composition and chlorophyll content of epiphytic lichens and a

possible relation to their sensitivity to air pollution. Oikos 1980, 35, 3 :

321-326, 1 fig, 3 tabl. (Dept. Pl. Physiol., Biol. Centre, Univ. Groningen,

Р.О. Box 14, 9750 Aa'Haren (Gr.) The Netherlands).

Suggestion : la sensibilité des lichens à la pollution atmosphérique serait liée

au degré de dépendance du mycobionte vis-a-vis du phycobionte, aussi long-

temps que l'énergie métabolique est concernée.

CLERC P. et ROH P.D. — Les lichens, indicateurs biologiques de la pollution

atmosphérique, autour de la fabrique d'aluminium de Martigny (Valais,

Suisse). Saussurea 1980, 11 : 107-139, 9 fig., 3 tabl. (Syst. Geobot. Inst.,

Univ. Bern, CH-3013 Bern).

3 méthodes sont utilisées et comparées pour doser les composés fluorés :

dosage des thalles de Xanthoria parietina in situ et nécrosés, étude des trans-

plants de Xanthoria parietina et Parmelia caperata pendant 6 mois, étude phyto-

sociol. des épiphytes de Peupliers dans 35 sites (IAP).

KAUPPI M. — Fluorescence microscopy and microfluorimetry for the ехатїпа-

tion of pollution damage in Lichens. Ann. Bot. Fenn. 1980, 17, 2 : 163-173,

Source : MNHN, Paris

488 BIBLIOGRAPHIE LICHÉNOLOGIQUE

16 fig., 1 tabl. (Dept. Bot., Univ. Oulu, Box 191, SF-90101 Oulu 10).

Descr. de la méthode d'investigation avec Hypogymnia physodes (L.) Nyl.

comme matériel. Cette méthode permettrait d'étudier les changements apportés

aux lichens par la pollution atmosphérique, et l'estimation des conditions de vie

de la couche cellulaire algale.

MOSER Т.]., NASH Ш T.H. and CLARK W.D. — Effects of a long-term field

sulphur dioxide fumigation on Arctic Caribou forage lichens. Canad. J. Bot.

1980, 58, 21 : 2235-2240, 3 tabl., 1 fig. (Dept. Bot. & Microbiol., Arizona

State Univ., Tempe, Az. 85281 USA).

Études in situ de l'influence de la fumigation continue de SO; sur la capacité

photosynthétique de Cladonia stellaris (Opiz.) Pouz. et Vezda, C. rangiferina

(L.) Wigg. et Cetraria cucullata (Bell.) Ach. Noter aprés un an, la teneur en chlo-

rophylle plus faible que chez les témoins.

PERKINS D.F., MILLAR R.O. and NEEP Р.Е. — Accumulation of Airbone

Fluoride by Lichens in the Vicinity of an Aluminium Reduction Plant. Envi-

ronm. Pollut. Ser. A, 1980, 21, 1 : 155-168, 4 tabl., 5 fig. (Inst. Terr. Ecol.,

Penrhos Road, Bangor, Gwynedd L57 2LQ, Wales, GB).

Les lichens corticoles semblent accumuler plus rapidement le fluor que les

saxicoles, d'où des dégâts accélérés et une réduction en nombre plus importante.

Róle du vent et de la distribution par rapport à l'usine. Évolution de la popula-

tion lichénique entre 1970 et 1978.

VARIA

BRUNEAU D. — Regards sur l'étude des Muscinées et des Lichens en Anjou.

Mém. Soc. Étud. Sci. Anjou «1980» 1981, 4 : 165-169 (44 rue du Pin,

49000 Angers).

Historique des récoltes et herbiers depuis 1800. Courtes notices des princi-

paux bryologues et lichénologues qui travaillérent sur la région.

HAWKSWORTH D.L. - Notes on some fungi occurring on Peltigera, with a key

to accepted species. Trans. Brit. Mycol, Soc. 1980, 74, 2 : 363-386, 11 fig.

(CMI, Kew Surrey TW9 3AF, Great Britain).

Clé aux 40 champignons exclusivement lichénicoles et notes pour 16 d'entre

eux. Le fait que tant d'esp. soient exclusives à ce genre d'hóte et que 6 genres

soient monotypiques, suggère que Peltigera représente un groupe particuliére-

ment ancien parmi les Lecanorales. Noter les gen., sp. et comb. nov. parmi les

champignons lichénicoles.

HERTEL H. — Index collectorum Lichenum Herbarii Monacensis. Ein Sammler-

Verzeichnis des Flechtenherbars der Botanischen Staatssammlung München.

Mitt. Bot. Staatssamml. München 1980, 16 : 333-462 (Bot. Staatssamml.,

Menziger Str. 67, D-800 München 19).

Source : MNHN, Paris

BIBLIOGRAPHIE LICHÉNOLOGIQUE 489

Liste de 1674 collecteurs de lichens, de l'herb. de Munich (M) : nom, prénom,

date de naiss. et de mort, littérature, biograph., aires de coll., années de coll.,

nb de spécimens récoltés.

MOXHAM Т.Н. — Lichens in the Perfume Industry. Dragoco Rep. 1981, 2 :

31-39, 3 fig., phot. coul. (Dept. Pl. Sci, Univ. Bath, Claverton Down, Bath

ВАР 7АУ, Great Britain).

Evernia prunastri (Oakmoss, mousse de chêne) et Pseudevernia furfuracea

(mousses d'arbre) sont les plus menacés : 7800 à 9200 tonnes par an sont

récoltées pour l'industrie du parfum, au Maroc, en Yougoslavie (principalement),

en France. Destruction des sites par élimination d’autres esp. telles Ramalina

et Usnea,

RENNER B. und GERSTNER E. — Mediumabhängige Anthrachinon-Bildung in

Mycobiontenkulturen von Caloplaca ferruginea. Naturwissenschaften 1980,

67, 7 : 352-353, 2 fig. (Fachber. Biol. & Chem., Univ., D-3550 Marburg).

Source : MNHN. Paris

491

INDEX DU VOLUME 11

compilé par D. LAMY

Il ne figure que la première page de l'article dans lequel est cité la taxon.

Les nouveautés taxonomiques sont indiquées en italiques. Les taxons cités en sy-

nonymie ou comme basionymes sont indiqués par "syn." ou "bas.". Lorsque le numé-

ro de page est suivi d'un nom de région, le taxon est considéré comme nouveau

pour celle-ci (ex. Acaulon triquetrum, 289 Navarre).

BRYOPHYTES

Abietinella abietina, 127

Acer campestre, 181; obtusatum, 181;

pseudoplatanus, 277

Afrique tropicale, 91 Reproductive

phenology of some tropical african

mosses

Agrostis canina, 277; rupestris, 153

Alchemilla alpina, 153

Alicularia compressa, 277

Allium pendulinum, 181

Aloina ericaefolia, 233 syn.; rigida

var. ambigua, 233

Anblystegiella confervoides, 233

Amblystegium confervoides, 233 syn. ;

varium, 181; mougeotii, 423

Anastrophyllum minutum var. grandis,

127

Anemone nemorosa, 277

Anomobryum auratum, 77 cytologie; fi-

liforme var. concinnatum, 77 cytol.;

gemmigerum, 77 cytol.; nitidum, 77

Cytol.; sp.,77 cytol.

Anomodon attenuatus, 233; longifolius,

233

Aqui folio - Fagetum, 181

Archidium alternifolium, 181

Ardenne, 277 Hyocomium armoricum en -

Asteriscium, 379 syn.; torquescens,

379 syn.

Astomum, 101

Atractylocarpus, 441; brasiliensis,

441; longisetus, 441

Atrichum portoricense, 471 syn.; subu-

Tirostrum, 471 syn.; undulatum, 277

Aulacomnium palustre, 127

AWASTHI U.S., voir UDAR В. and AWASTHI

U.S., 345

Bangladesh, 57 Cololejeunea floccosa

Barbula, 1 du Mexique, 379; subgen.

Hyophiladelphus, 1; sect. Asterisci-

um, 379 bas.; sect. Revolutae, 1

syn.; subsect. Revolutae, 1 syn.;

abbonii, 379 syn.; acuta, 379 syn.,

ssp. icmadophila, 379 syn., var.

bescherellei, 379 syn.; agraria, 1;

altiseta, 379 syn. nov.; arcuata, l,

379; aurea, 1 syn.; australasiae,

379 syn.; bescherellei, 379 syn. ‚var.

crassinervia, 379 syn. nov., Var.

stenocarpa, 379 syn. nov.; bourgaea~

па, 379 syn. nov.; brachyphylla, 379

bas.; calcarea, 1 bas.;convoluta, 1;

cylindrica, 379, ssp. vinealis, 379

syn., var. vinealis, 379 syn.; ehren-

bergii, 1, var. mexicana, 1 syn.; e-

rythropoda, 379 syn. nov.; fallax,

233, 379 bas., var. reflexa, 379

syn.,. var. vinealis, 379 syn.; fer-

ruginea, 379 syn.; flaccidiseta, 379

syn. nov.; godmaniana, 379 syn. nov.;

gracilescens, 379 syn. nov.; gracili-

formis, 379 syn. nov.; gracilis ssp.

icmadophila, 379 syn., var. icmado-

phila, 379 syn.; graminicolor, 379

syn. nov.; hypselostegia, 1 syn.;

icmadophila, 379 bas.; inaequalifo-

lía, 1 bas.; indica, 1, 379, var.

gregaria comb. et atat. nov., 1, var.

indica, 1; lagunicola, 379 syn. nov.;

leptocarpa, 379 syn. nov.; lonchos-

tega, 379 syn. nov.; lozanoi, 379

syn. nov.; lurida, 379 syn.; michi-

ganensis, 379 syn.; mobilis, 379 syn.

поу.; muenchii, 1 syn.; nicholsonii,

379 syn.; olivacea, 379 syn.; oriza-

bensis, 1, 379; pringlei, 1 syn.,

379 syn.; rectifolia, 379 syn. nov.;

reflexa, 379 syn.; replicata, 1 bas.;

rigidula, 379 syn., ssp. nicholsonii,

379 syn.; rubiginosa, 379 bas.; ru-

Source : MNHN, Paris

492

ficaulis, 1 syn.; rufipes, 1 syn.;

saint-pierrei, 379 syn. nov.; sal

zarensis, 379 syn. nov.; spiralis,

1 syn., var. emarginata, 1 syn.;

stenotheca, 1 syn.; stillicidiorum,

1 syn.; strictidens, 379 syn. nov.;

subteretiuscula, 379 syn. nov.; te~

retiuscula, 379 syn. nov.; tophacea,

379 syn.; umbrosa, 379 bas.; ungui-

culata, 1; valida, 379; vinealis,

379 syn., ssp. cylindrica, 181,

var. flaccidus, 379 syn.

Bartramia, 101; ithyphylla, 153; po-

miformis, 181; stricta, 181

Bartramiaceae, 101 spore ornamenta-

tion in Leionela

Belgique, 277 Hyocomium armoricum en -

Betula pubescens, 277

Blasia, 223

Blechnum spicant, 277

Brachymenium acuminatum, 77 cytol.:

exile, 77 cytol.; leptophyllum, 77

cytol.; nepalense, 77 cytol.; sik-

Kimense, 77 cytol.

Brachypodium silvaticum, 277

Brachythecietalia plumosi, 277, 423

Brachythecietum plumosi, 277

Brachythecio plumosi - Hyocomietum

flagellaris, 277

Brachythecion rivularis, 423

Brachythecium plumosum - Hyocomium

flagellare, 277 assoc. à -

Brachythecium plumosum, 277; rivulare

277, 423; rutabulum, 181, 277; sa-

lebrosum, 181; starkei, 181; velu-

tinum, 181, var. salicinum, 181

Brésil, 441 Ergänzungen zur Campylo-

pus-Flora von Brasilien

Breutelia, 101

Bruchia, 101

Bryochamaephyta caespitosa, 277; rep-

tantia, 277

Bryoerythrophyllum, 1 du Mexique,

379; calcareum, 1, 379; ferruginas-

cens, 1, 379; jamesonii, 1; inae-

qualifolium, 1; recurvirostre, 233,

var. recurvirostre, 379; recurvum,

Вгуип, 77; bimum, 127; capillare,

181, 277, ssp. capillare, 181; pseu-

dotriquetrum, 423; uliginosum, 379

Buxbaumia aphylla, 91

California, 379 Didymodon in Mexico

and - : taxonomy and nomenclature

Callitriche sp., 277

Caltha palustris, 277

Calvados, 277 Hyocomium armoricum au -

Calypogeia arguta, 277; fissa, 277;

muellerana, 277

Cambodge, 47 Cololejeunea floccosa

Campanula cochlaerifolia, 153

Camptothecium lutescens, 233

INDEX

Campylium chrysophyllum, 233; hispidu-

lum yar. sommerfeltii, 233; sommer-

feltii, 233 syn.

Campylopus arctocarpus, 441; brachy-

phyllulus, 441 syn. noy.; brasilien-

sis, 441 syn.; catumbensis, 441; cus-

pidatus, 441; discriminatus, 441 syn.

поу.; filifolius, 441, var. humilis,

441; fragiliformis, 441; fragilis,

441; gardneri, 441; gracilicaulis,

441; introflexus, 349; Luetzelburgii

sp. nov. , 441 Brésil; marmellensis,

441; minarum, 441 syn. nov.; pilifer,

441; praealtus, 441 syn. nov.; recti-

setus, 441 syn.; rubricaulis, 441

syn. nov.; Savannarum, 441; subcus-

pidatus, 441; surinamensis, 441; tor-

tilipilus ap. nov., 441 Brésil

Cardamine flexuosa, 277; hirsuta, 277;

sp. ‚277

Cardaminion, 423

Carex pendula, 277; remota, 277

Carpinion betulii, 181

Carpinus, 181

CASTALDO R., voir GAMBARDELLA R., LI-

GRONE R. and CASTALDO R., 2

Cephalozia bicuspidata, 277

Ceratodon purpureus, 127, 181, ssp.

purpureus, 181

Ceratolejeunea, 223

Ceylan, 47 Cololejeunea floccosa

Chiloscyphus pallescens, 277

Chorologie, 277 Hyocomium armoricum en

Belgique et le nord-ouest de la

France

Chrysosplenium oppositifolium, 277

Cirriphyllum crassinervium, 181

Clematis vitalba, 1

Cololejeunea, 47 Notion d'espéce dans

le genre. -

Cololejeunea subgen. Lasiolejeunea, 47,

sect. Globigerae, 47, sect. Venustae,

47; subgen. Pedinolejeunea, 47; sub-

gen. Taeniolejeunea, 47 notion d'es-

рёсе, sect. Falcatae, 47, sect. Floc-

созае, 47; sect. Leonidentes, 47; a-

bnormis, 47; amoena, 47; арргезза,

47; bontocensis, 47; falcata, 47;

floccosa, 47 étude du complexe, var.

amoenoides var. nov.,47, var. angus-

tibracteata var. nov., 47, var. au-

viculata var. nov., 47,var. aurita,

47, var. floccosa, 47, var. ocellata

var. nov.,47, var. plicata var. nov.,

47, var. trivittata var. не

gynophthalma, 47; mutabilis, 47,

floccosoides, 47; peraffinis, 47;

preciosa, 47; punctata, 47; schmidtii

47; tenella, 47; vidaliana, 47

Colombie, 201 ЕТ genero Sphagnum en

los Andes de Colombia y Venezuela

Comunidades reofilas, 423 Estudio brio-

с 7479

Source : ММНМ Paris

INDEX

sociologico de las - Sierra Nevada

Conocephalum conicum, 277

Conostomum, 101

Coryllus avellana, 277

Cótes-du-Nord, 277 Hyocomium armoricum

dans les -

Crataegus monogyna, 181

Cratoneurion commutati, 423

Cratoneuron commutatum, 423, var. ir-

rigatum, 423; decipiens, 423

Ctenidium, 277; molluscum, 233,277,

f. condensatum, 277

Cyathea, 101 phorophyte

Cyclamen hederifolium, 181

Cynodontium, 379; trifarium, 379 bas.

Cytisus villosus, 181

Cytological observations on some West

Himalayan mosses VI, 77

Dactylhymenium pringlei, 379 syn.

Daphne laureola, 181

Deschampsia caespitosa, 277; flexuosa,

277

Descriptions and illustrations of Bar-

bula, Pseudocrossidium and Bryoery-

throphyllum (p.p.) of Mexico, 1

DE SLOOVER J.L. - Octoblepharum Mitt.

ex Williams et Steereobryon subuli-

rostrum (Schimp. ex Besch.) G.L.

Smith en Guadeloupe, 471

DE ZUTTERE Ph., voir SCHUMACKER R. ,

LECOINTE A., TOUFFET J., DE ZUTTERE

Ph., LECLERCQ L. et FABRI R., 277

DHIEN R. - Florule bryologique des

rochers bathoniens, 233

Dichodontietum pellucidi, 423

Dichodontium pellucidum, 423

Dicranella heteromalla, 277

Dicranum arctocarpum, 441 syn.; brachy-

phyllulum, 441 syn.; brasiliense,

441 syn.; discriminatum, 441 syn.;

filifolium, 441 syn.; humilis, 441

syn.; laxobasis, 441 syn.; praeal-

tum, 441 syn.; rabenii, 441 syn.

nov.; rectisetum, 441 syn.; savan-

narum, 441 syn.; scoparium,233; sub-

cuspidatum, 441 зуп.; undulatum, 127

Didymodon, 379 in Mexico and Califor-

mia : taxonomy and nomenclature;

sect. Asteriscium comb. nov., 379,

sect. Craspedophyllon, 379 syn. nov.,

sect. Didymodon, 379, sect. Fallax,

379, sect. Vineales, 379; acutus,

379 syn.; australasiae, 379, var.

australasiae, 379, var. umbrosus

comb. et stat. nov., 379; brachyphyl-

lus, 379 syn.; craspedophyllus, 379

syn. поу, ; diaphanobasis, 379 syn

fallax, 379, var. reflexus, 379

filicaulis, 3/9 syn. nov.; fuscovi-

ridis, 379 syn. nov.; godmanianus,

379 syn. nov.; heribaudii, 379 syn.

nov.; icamdophyllus, 379 syn.; in-

crassatolimbatus, 379; johansenii,

493

379; juniperinus, 379; luridus, 379

bas., ssp. nicholsonii, 379 syn., var.

nicholsonii, 379 syn.; mexicanus, 379

syn. поу., Var. subulatus, 379 bas.;

michiganensis, 379; nicholsonii, 379

bas.; occidentalis, 379 syn.; paten-

tifolius, 379 syn. nov.; planifolius,

379 syn. nov.; pusillus, 379 syn. nov.;

ramulosus, 379 зуп.; revolutus, 379;

rigidulus, 379, var. gracilis comb.

et stat. nov., 379, var. icnadophila

comb. nov., 379, var. incrassatolim-

batus, 379, var. nicholsonii, 379

syn., var. rigidulus, 379, var. subu-

latus comb. nov., 379; rubellus, 233

syn.; rubiginosus, 379; tectorum, 379;

tophaceus, 379; torquescens, 379 syn.

поу.; trifarius ssp. nicholsonii, 379

syn., var. luridus, 379 syn.; vinea-

Tis, 379, var. brachyphyllus comb.

nov.,379, var. flaccidus, 379, var.

luridus comb. пор. ‚379, var. nichol-

sonii comb. nov., 379, var. rubigino-

sus comb. et atat. nov., var. vinea-

lis, 379; viridissimus, 379 syn. nov.

Digitalis purpurea, 277

Diplasiolejeunea, 47; groupe des Cornu-

tae, 47

Diplophyllum albicans, 277

Distichium inclinatum, 379; palleaceum,

379

Ditrichum flexicaule, 233

Doronicum orientale, 181

Drepanocladus uncinatus, 127

Dryopteria carthusiana, 277

Ecologie, 91 reproduction de mousses

d'Afrique tropicale, 181 végétation

muscinale de Malabotta, 201 Sphagnum

de Colombie et du Venezuela, 277 Hyo-

comium armoricum en Belgique et dans

le nord-ouest de la France, 423, com-

munautés réophiles de la Sierra Ne-

vada

Encalypta, 101; affinis, 153; alpina,

153; brevicolla, 153; brevipes, 153;

ciliata, 153, f. depauperata, 153,

cf. f. gymnostoma, 153, var. gymnos-

toma, 153, var. microstoma, 153;

flowersiana, 153; laciniata ssp. mi-

crostoma, 153 syn.; longicolla, 153;

microstoma, 153 The taxonomic status

of -; mutica, 143; rhabdocarpa, 153,

var. leptodon, 153; spathulata, 153,

vittiana, 153; vulgaris, 233

Entodon concinnus, 233; orthocarpus,

233 syn.

Epilobium sp., 277

Epipetria amphiphytia, 277

Ergänzungen zur Campylopus-Flora von

Brasilien, 441

Espèce, 47 Notion d' - chez le genre

Cololejeunea. Le complexe Cololejeu-

Source : MNHN, Paris

494

nea floccosa (Lehm. et Lindenb.)

Schiffn.

Estudio briosociologico de Tas comuni-

dades reofilas de Sierra Nevada (Es-

paña), 423

Eucladium verticillatum, 233

Euphorbia amygdaloides, 181

Eurhynchium pulchellum, 153; stokesii,

277; striatum var. striatum, 181

FABRI R. , voir SCHUMACKER R., LECOIN-

TE A., TOUFFET J., DE ZUTTERE Ph.,

LECLERCQ L. et FABRI R., 277

Fabronion pusillae, 181

Fagion, 181

Fagus, 181

Fegatelletum conicae, 277

Festuca haleri, 153

Finistère, 277 Hyocomium armoricum

Fissidens cristatus, 181, 233; curno-

vii, 277; glauculus, 91 reproduction;

minutulus ssp. pusillus, 181; novae-

hollandiae, 449 syn.; polyphyllus,

277, var. lusitanicus, 277; taxifo-

lius, 181, 277, ssp. taxifolius, 181

Fissidens polyphyllus et Hyocomium

flagellare, 277 assoc. à -

Fissidenti polyphylli - Hyocomietum

flagellaris, 277

Floristique, 1 Barbula, Pseudocrossi-

dium, Bryoerythrophyllum du Mexique;

181 Malabotta (Sicile); 201 Sphagnum

des Andes de Colombie et du Venezue-

Та; 233 Côte-d'Or; 379 Didymocon du

Mexique et de Californie;423 Sierra

Nevada; 441 Campylopus du Brésil;

449 Rhizogonium et Pyrrhobryum de

Malaya; 471 Guadeloupe

Florule bryologique des rochers ba-

thoniens, 233

Fontinaletalia antipyreticae, 181, 277

Fontinaletea antipyreticae, 423

Fontinaleto - Pachyfissidentetum gran-

difrondis, 423

Fontinalion antipyreticae, 423

Fontinalis antipyretica, 423, var.

gracilis, 277; squamosa, 277

Fossombronia, 223; caespitiformis, 223

résistance à la sécheresse, multipli-

cation végétative; fimbriata, 223;

himalayensis, 223; lamellata, 223;

pusilla, 223

FRAHM J.P. - Ergänzungen zur Campylo-

pus-Flora von Brasilien, 441

France, Nord-Ouest, 277 Hyocomium ar-

moricum

Freycinetia, 47 phorophyte

Frullania asagrayana, 223; tamarisci,

233

GAMBARDELLA R., LIGRONE R. and CASTAL-

DO R. - Ultrastructure of the sporo-

phyte foot in Phaeoceros, 23

Gemma, 457 Regeneration and - deve-

INDEX

lopment in Hyophila crenulata C.

Muell. ex Dus.

ЕТ genero Sphagnum en los Andes de Co-

lombia y Venezuela. Clave para las

especies frecuentes u ocasionales

con notas ecologicas y taxonomicas,

Geranio - Fagion, 181

Geranium robertianum, 277; versicolor,

181

GIL J.A. y VARO J. - Estudio briosocio-

logico de las comunidades reofilas

de Sierra Nevada (España), 423

Glyceria fluitans, 277

GRIFFIN III D. - Spore ornamentation

in Leiomela (Musci : Bartramiaceae) ,

101 ; El genero Sphagnum en los Andes

de Colombia y Venezuela. Clave para

las especies frecuentes u ocasionales

con notas ecologicas y taxonomicas,

201

Grimmia apocarpa, 233 syn.; orbicula-

ris, 233 syn.; pulvinata, 181, 233,

var. africana, 233; trichophylla,

181, ssp. trichophylla, 181; sp.;

181

Grimmia pulvinata - Tortula muralis,

181 assoc. à -

Grimmietalia, 181

Guadeloupe, 471 Otcoblepharum erecti-

folium Mitt. ex Williams et Steereo-

bryon subulirostrum (Schimp. ex

Besch.) G.L. Smith

Gymnostomum calcareum, 233

Gyroweisia, 379; obtusifolia, 379; pa-

pillosa, 379

Haplomitrium hookeri, 223

Hedera helix, 277

Hedwigidium imberbe, 277

Helvella sp. 277

Heterocladium heteropterum, 277, ssp.

wulfsbergii, 277

Hétraie, 181 végétation muscinale de

Та hétraie de Malabotta (Peloritani)

Himalaya, 77 Cytological observations

on some West Himalayan mosses

Holcus mollis, 277

Homalothecio - Porelletum platyphyllae,

181

Homalothecium philippeanum, 181; seri-

ceum, 181, 233

Hookeria lucens, 277

HORTON D.G. - The taxonomic status of

Encalypta microstoma Bals. et De Not.

and E. ciliata var. microstoma Schimp,

153

Husnotiella, 379 syn.; obtusifolia, 379

syn.; palmeri, 379 syn.; pringlei,

379 зуп, ; revoluta, 1, 379 bas., var.

palmeri, 379 syn.; torquescens, 379

syn.

Hydrocotyle vulgaris, 277

Source : MNHN, Paris

INDEX

Hydrogonium arcuatum, 1 syn.

Hygrohypnetalia, 423

Hygrohypnetea, 423

Hygrohypnetum dilatati tatrense, 423

syn.

Hygrohypnion dilatati, 423

Hygrohypnum lusitanicum, 277; ochra-

Ceum, 277, 423

Hylocomium splendens, 127, 233, ssp.

alaskanum, 127

Hymenostomum, 101

Hyocomium armoricum (Brid.) Wijk et

Marg. en Belgique et dans le nord-

ouest de la France (Ardenne, Breta-

gne, Normandie). Etude chorologique,

écologique et phytosociologique,

277

Hyocomium flagellare, 277 syn.

Hyophila, 457; crenulata, 457 Regene-

ration and gemma development in -;

propagulifera, 457

Hypnum cupressiforme, 181, 233, 277,

ssp. cupressiforme, 181, f. tecto-

rum, 181, f. filiforme, 181, var.

uncinulatum, 181; vaucheri, 127

Ilex aquifolium, 181

Ille-et-Vilaine, 277 Hyocomium armo-

ricum

India, 345 A new species of Lejeunea

from -

Isopaches bicrenatus, 223

Isopterygium elegans, 277

Isothecium myosuroides, 277, var. ri-

vulare, 277; myurum, 181, f. robus-

tum, 181

Isothecium myurum et Homalothecium

sericeum, 181 groupement à -

Jamesoniella autumnalis, 277

Japon, 47 Cololejeunea floccosa

Java, 47 Cololejeunea floccosa

Juncus bulbosus, 277; effusus, 277;

trifidus, 153

Jungermannia floccosa, 47 syn.; sphae-

rocarpa, 277

Juniperus communis, 153

Kingiobryum paramicola, 379

KUMAR 5.5. and VERMA S.K. - Cytologi-

cal observations on some West Hima-

Тауап mosses VI, 77

Lamium flexuosum, 181; galeobdolon, 277

LAMY D. - Bibliographie bryologique,

107, 235, 360, 474

Larix europaea, 127

Lathyrus venetus, 181

LECLERCQ L., voir SCHUMACKER R., LE-

COINTE A., TOUFFET J., DE ZUTTERE

Ph., LECLERCQ L. et FABRI R., 277

LECOINTE A., voir SCHUMACKER R., LE-

COINTE A., TOUFFET J., DE ZUTTERE

Ph., LECLERCQ L. et FABRI R., 277

Leersia laciniata var. microstoma,

153 syn.

495

LEFORESTIER C. - Résistance à la sé-

cheresse et multiplication végétati+

ve chez Fossonbronia caespitiformis

De Not., 223

Leiomela, 101 Spore ornamentation in -;

africana, 101; aristifolia, 101; bar-

tramioides ; javanica, 101

Lejeunea floccosa, 47 syn.; indica sp.

nov, 345 Inde; lamacerina, 277; mo-

niliata, 345; wallichiana, 345

Leptocolea floccosa, 47 syn.

Leptodictyetalia riparii, 423

Leptodictyum riparium, 181

Leptodon smithii, 181

Leskeella nervosa, 181

Leucodon sciuroides, 181

Leucodontetalia, 181

Liège, 277 Hyocomium armoricum

LIGRONE R., voir GAMBARDELLA R., LI-

GRONE R. and CASTALDO R., 23

Listea longifolia, 47 phorophyte

LO GIUDICE R., voir PRIVITERA M. et LO

GIUDICE R., 181

Lophocolea cf. cuspidata, 277; hetero-

phylla, 277

Lophozia collaris, 233; hatcheri, 127;

muelleri, 233 syn.

Lunularia cruciata, 91

Luxembourg, 277 Hyocomium armoricum

Luzula silvatica, 277

Lysimachia nemorum, 277

Madagascar, 47 Cololejeunea floccosa

Malabotta, 181 Vegetazione muscinale

della faggeta del bosco di Malabotta

(Peloritani)

Malaisie, 47 Cololejeunea floccosa

Malaya, 449 Synopsis of Rhizogoniaceae

in-

Manche, 277 Hyocomium armoricum

MANUEL M.G. - Synopsis of Rhizogonia-

ceae Broth. in Malaya, 449

Marsupella aquatica, 277; emarginata,

277

Mastigolejeunea auriculata, 223

Melica uniflora, 181

Metzgeria, 223; furcata, 277; pubescens,

233; uncigera, 223

Mexico, 1 Descriptions and illustra-

tions of Barbula, Pseudocrossidium

and Bryoerythrophyllum (p.p.) of -;

379 Didymodon in - and California:

taxonomy and nomenclature

Mielichhoferia sasaokae, 77 cytologie;

sp., 47 cytol.

Minuaria laricifolia, 153

Unio homi - Hyocomietun ammorioi

ass. поо. 277; brachythectetosun

plumosi subass. nov., 277; fissiden-

‚tetosum curnovit subass. nov., 277;

fissidentetosum polyphylli subase.

hov., 277; heteroeladietosum hetero-

Source : MNHN. Paris

496 INDEX

ptert subass. nov., 277; hookerieto-

sun lucentis subase. nov. ,277; hyo-

comietosun armoriet subass. nov.,

277; marsupelletosum emarginatae

subass. nov., 277;nardietosun com

pressae subaso, пор. ,277;тћасоті-

ec? acteularia subase. nov. ,

277

Mnium, 379; hornum, 277; punctatum,

277; rostratum, 181; undulatum, 277

Moehringia trinervia, 277

Molinia coerulea, 277

Montio - Cardaminetea, 423

Montion, 423

Morbihan, 277 Hyocomium armori cum

Morphologie, 1 Barbula, Pseudocrossi-

dium, Bryoerythrophyllum; 101 spores

de Leiomela; 345 Lejeunea indica sp.

поу.; 379 Didymodon ; 449 Pyrrho-

bryum et Rhizogonium; 457 gemmules

de Hyophila crenulata

Multiplication végétative, 223 Résis-

tance à la sécheresse et - chez

Fossombronia caespitiformis De Not.;

457 gemmules de Hyophila crenulata

Myurella julacea, 153

Namur, 277 Hyocomium armoricum

Nardia compressa, 277

Neckera complanata, 233; crispa, 233

(A) New species of Lejeunea from In-

dia, 345

Nomenclature, 153, statut d'Encalypta

microstoma; 379 Didymodon in Mexico

and California : taxonomy and -

Normandie, 277 Hyocomium armoricum

(La) Notion d'espèce chez le genre Co-

lolejeunea. Le complexe Cololejeunea

floccosa (Lehm. et Lindenb.) Schiffn.

Nouvelle-Calédonie, 47 Cololejeunea

floccosa

Nouvelle-Guinée, 47 Cololejeunea floc-

cosa

Nowellia curvifolia, 223

Octoblepharum albidum, 471; erectifo-

Tium, 471 Guadeloupe; pulvinatum, 471

ODU Е.А. - Reproductive phenology of

some tropical african mosses, 91

Oenanthe crocata, 277

OLARINMOYE 5.0. - Regeneration and gem-

ma development in Hyophila crenula-

ta C. Muell. ex Dus., 457

Orne, 277 Hyocomium armoricum

Orthothecium intricatum, 233

Orthotrichetum lyellii, 181

Orthotrichum affine, 181; anomalum, 91,

233; lyellii, 181; schimperi, 181;

sp., 181

Osmunda regalis, 277

Oxalis acetosa, 277; acetosella, 277

Oxyrrhynchietum rusciformis, 181, 277

Oxyrrhynchium praelongum var. praelon-

gum, 181, var. stokesii, 181; pumi-

lum, 233; schleicheri, 181

Oxystegus tenuirostris var. tenuiros-

tris, 379

Pedinophyllum interruptum, 233

Pellia epiphylla, 277

Pellietum epiphyllae, 277

Petalophyllum indicum, 223

Phaeoceros, 23 Ultrastructure of the

sporophyte foot in - ; laevis ssp.

laevis, 23

Phenology, 91 Reproductive -

tropical african mosses

Philippines, 47 Cololejeunea floccosa

Philonotis, 101; seriata, 423

Phyteuma hemisphaerica, 153

Phytosociologie, 277 Hyocomium armori-

cum en Belgique et dans le nord-ouest

de la France

Picea abies, 277

Plagiochasma, 223

Plagiochila asplenioides, 181, 233,277

Plagionnium rostratum, 423

Plagiopus, 101; oederi, 233

Plagiothecium nemorale, 181; silvati-

cum, 277; undulatum, 277

Plasteurhynchium striatulum, 181, f.

cavernarum, 181

Platyhypnidietosum riparioidis, 423

Platyhypnidietum riparioidis, 277 syn.

Platyhypnidio - Fontinaletea, 423

Platyhypnidium riparioides, 181, 277,

423; rusciforme var. lusitanicum,

277

Pleuridium subulatum, 181

Pleurozium schreberi, 91,127, 233

Pogonatum aloides, 181; tortile, 471

Pohlia, 77 cytologie; elongata, 77 су-

tol. longicollis, 77 cytol.; nutans,

127, 277

Polygonatum verticillatum, 277

Polytrichum , 379; aloides, 91; commu-

ne, 127, 277; formosum, 277; junipe-

rinum, 127, 349; piliferum, 91, 127,

349

of some

Pottiaceae, 379 Didymodon in Mexico

and California

PRIVITERA M. e LO GIUDICE В. - Vegeta-

zione muscinale della faggeta del

bosco di Malabotta (Peloritani), 181

Prunus sp., 277

Pseudocrossidium, 1 du Mexique; aureum,

1; replicatum, 1; revolutum, 1

Pseudoleskea catenulata, 233 syn.

Pseudoleskeella catenulata, 233

Pseudoscleropodium ригип, 233

Psychotria sp., 47 phorophyte

Pterigynandrum filiforme, 153, 181

Pterogonium gracile, 181

Ptilidium ciliare, 127

Source - ММНМ Paris

INDEX

Ptilium crista-castrensis, 91

Pylaisia polyantha, 91

Pyrrhobryum, 449 de Malaya; latifo-

lium, 449; longiflorum, 449; spini-

forme, 449, var. badakense, 449,

var. spiniforme, 449

Querco - Fagetea, 181

Quercus, 181; cerris, 181; pubescens,

181; sp., 277

Racomitrion acicularis, 423

Racomitrium aciculare, 277; canescens,

233; lanuginosum, 127

Racopilum africanum, 91 reproduction

Radula complanata, 181

Ranunculus ficaria, 277; lanuginosus,

181; repens, 277

Regeneration and gemma development in

Hyophila crenulata C. Muell. ex Dus.,

457

Reproductive phenology of some tropi-

cal african mosses, 91

Résistance à la sécheresse et multi-

plication végétative chez Fossombro-

nia caespitiformis De Not., 223

Rhizogoniaceae, 449 Synopsis of ~

Malaya

Rhizogonium, 449 de Malaya; badakense,

449 syn.; latifolium, 449 syn.; lon-

giflorum, 449 syn.; novae-hollandiae

449; spiniforme, 449 syn.

Rhynchostegiella algiriana, 233 syn.;

tenella, 233, f. meridionalis, 181

Rhynchostegium confertum, 181

Rhytidiadelphus loreus, 277

Rhytidium rugosum, 127

Riccardia chamaedryfolia, 277; multi-

fida, 277

Riccia fluitans, 223; perennis, 223

Rochers bathoniens, 233 Florule bry-

ologique des -

Rubus glandulosus, 181; sp., 277

Saccogyna viticulosa, 277

Saelania glaucescens, 379

Sambucus nigra, 277

Saxifraga bryoides, 153; paniculata,

Scapania aspera, 233; curta, 277; un-

dulata, 277, 423, f. dentata, 277

Scapanietum undulatae, 277, 423

Scapanion undulatae, 423

Schistidio - Hygrohypnetum dilatati,

423

Schistidium apocarpum, 181, 233

Schistostega pennata, 457

SCHUMACKER R., LECOINTE А. , TOUFFET

J., DE ZUTTERE Ph., LECLERCQ L. et

FABRI R. - Hyocomium armoricum

(Brid.) Wijk et Marg. en Belgique

et dans le nord-ouest de la France

(Ardenne, Bretagne, Normandie). Etu-

de chorologique, écologique et phy-

tosociologique, 277

497

Scirpus fluitans, 277

Scleropodium caespitosum, 277

Sécheresse, 223 Résistance à la -

et multiplication végétative chez

Fossombronia caespitiformis De Not.

Seligeria pusilla, 233

Semibarbula rufipes, 1 syn.

Sempervivum arachnoidum, 153

Senecio fuschii, 277

Sewardiella, 223

Sibthorpia europaea, 277

Sicile, 181 végétation muscinale de

Melabotta

Sierra Nevada, 423 Estudio briosocio-

logico de las comunidades reofilas

de - (España)

Silene acaulis, 153

Sociologie, 181 végétation muscinale

де Malabotta; 277 Hyocomium armori-

cum en Belgique et dans le nord-ouest

de la France; 423 communautés réo-

philes de la Sierra Nevada

Solenostomo - Hygrohypnetum, 423

Sphagnum, 201 El genero Sphagnum en

los Andes de Colombia y Venezuela.

Clave para las especies frecuentes

и ocasionales con notas ecologicas

y taxonomicas;acutifolium, 201 syn.

var. meridense, 201 syn.; andinum

201 syn.; apiculatum, 277; apolli-

nairei, 201 syn. sauriculatum,277;

capillaceum, 201 syn.; capillifolium,

201; compactum, 201; coryphaeum, 201

syn.; cuspidatum, 20l;cyclophyllum,

201; erythrocalyx, 201; gracilescens,

201 syn.; flavicaule, 201 syn.; gir-

gensohnii, 277; lehmannii, 201 syn.;

Timbatum, 201 et 201 syn.; magella-

nicum, 201; medium, 201 syn.; meri-

dense, 201; oxyphyllum, 201; palus-

tre, 201, 277; perichaetiale, 201

syn.; peruvianum, 201 syn.; pulchri-

coma, 201 syn.; pylaesii, 201; re-

curvum, 201; sancto-josephense, 201;

sanguinale, 201 syn.; serratum, 201

syn.; sparsum, 201; subnitens, 277;

subsecundum, 201; trinitense, 201

зуп.; sp.» 127, 277

Splachnum luteum, 127

Spore ornamentation in Leiomela (Musci:

Bartramiaceae), 101

Sporophyte foot, 23 Ultrastructure of

the - in Phaeoceros

Steereobryon, 471 Guadeloupe; subuli-

rostrum, 471 Guadeloupe

Stereophyllum sp., 91 reproduction

Streblotrichum convolutum, l syn.;

hypselostegium, 1 syn.; pringlei, 1

syn.

Symbiezidium floccosum, 47 syn.

Synopsis of Rhizoginiaceae Broth. in

Malaya, 419

Source : MNHN, Paris

498 INDEX

Taeniolejeunea floccosa, 47 syn.

(The) Taxonomic status of Encalypta

microstoma Bals. et De Not. and Е.

ciliata var. microstoma Schimp., 153

Taxonomie, 47 le complexe Cololejeunea

floccosa; 153 Encalypta microstoma;

201 Sphagnum de Colombie et du Vene-

zuela; 379 Didymodon in Mexico and

California : - and nomenclature

Taxons nouveaux, l, 47, 277, 345, 379,

Tetraplodon mnioides, 127

Teucrium scorodonia, 277

Thaïlande, 47 Cololejeunea floccosa

Thamnium alopecurum var. protensum,

277

Thamnobryum alopecurum, 181 groupement

Thuidium gratum, 91 reproduction; ta-

mariscinum, 277

TIXIER P. - La notion d'espéce chez

le genre Cololejeunea. Le complexe

Cololejeunea floccosa (Lehm. et

Lindenb.) Schiffn., 47

Tomenthypnum mitens, 127

Tortella tortuosa; 153, 233, f. fra-

gilifolia, 181

Tortula, 1; acuta, 379 syn.; agraria,

1 syn.; aurea, ] bas.; australasiae,

379 bas.; convoluta, 1 syn.; fallax

var. vinealis, 379 syn.; gracilis,

379 bas. ;graminicolor, 379 syn.;

gregaria, 1 bas.; icmadophila, 379

syn.; indica, 1 bas.; muralis, 181,

233; olivacea, 379 syn. nov.; rec-

tifolia, 379 syn.; reflexa, 379

syn. ;replicata, 1 syn.; rigidula,

379 syn.; ruralis, 127, 181, 233,

ssp. ruralis, 181; spiralis, 1 syn.;

subulata, 181, ssp. subulata, 181;

teretiuscula, 379 syn.; vinealis,

379 syn.

TOUFFET J., voir SCHUMACKER R., LE-

COINTE A., TOUFFET J., DE ZUTTERE

Ph., LECLERCQ L. et FABRI R., 277

Trichocolea tomentella, 277

Trichostomopsis, 379 syn.; australasi-

ae, 379 syn.; brevifolia, 379 syn.;

crispifolia, 379 syn., diaphanobasis,

379 syn.; fayae, 379 syn.; umbrosa,

379 syn.

Trichostomum brachydontium, 379, ssp.

mutabile, 233; crispulum, 181, var.

angustifolium, 379; ehrenbergii, 1

syn.; indicum, 1 syn.; luridum, 379

syn.: mexicanum, 379 syn.; mutabile,

233 syn., 379 syn.; obtusifolium,

379 syn.; ramulosum, 379 syn. nov.;

rigidulum, 379; tophaceum, 379 syn.;

viridulum, 379

Triquetrella, 379; ferruginea, 379 syn.

UDAR В. and AWASTHI U.S. - A new spe-

cies of Lejeunea from India, 345

Ultrastructure of the sporophyte foot

in Phaeoceros, 23

VARO J., voir GIL J.A. y VARO J., 423

Vegetazione muscinale della faggeta

del bosco di Malabotta (Peloritani),

181

Venezuela, 201 El genero Sphagnum en

los Andes de Colombia y - . Clave

para las especies frecuentes u oca-

Sionales con notas ecologicas y ta-

xonomicas

VERMA S.K., voir KUMAR S.S. and VERMA

STE

Vietnam, 47 Cololejeunea floccosa

Viola sp., 277

Weissia, 101

ZANDER В.Н. - Descriptions and illus-

trations of Barbula, Pseudocrossidi-

um and Bryoerythrophylium (p.p.) of

Mexico, 1; Didymodon (Pottiaceae) in

Mexico and California : taxonomy and

nomenclature of discontinuous and

nondiscontinuous taxa, 379

Zygodon viridissimus, 181, ssp. viri-

dissimus, 181

LICHENS

Abietinello - Piceetum glaucae, 127

Agropyron yukonensis, 127

Alectoria nigricans, 127; ochroleuca,

127

Alectorio - Masonhaleetum richardsonii

nova,

Amaioud guianensis, 323

Anatomie, 253 périthèces de Porina bys-

sophila; 349 Cladonia berghsonii

Andromeda polyfolia, 127

Anthracobia nitida, 253

Apodytes dimidiata, 461 phorophyte

Araucaria angustifolia, 323

Arctostaphylos uva-ursi, 127

Arnica cordifolia, 127

Artemisia alaskana, 127; arctica, 127;

frigida, 127; rupestris, 127

Artemisio - Agropyrion yukonensis, 127

Arthonia, 461; accolens 323 Rio Grande

do Sul; mira, 323 Rio Grande do Sul

Ascomycétes, 253

ASPERGES M. - A new lichen species,

Cladonia berghsonii Asperges sp. no-

va (sect. Cocciferae), 349

Aster alpinus, 127

Aulaxina quadrangula, 323

Bacidia apiahica, 323; brasiliensis,

323; pallidocarnea, 323 Rio Grande

Source : MNHN, Paris

INDEX 499

do Sul

Belgique, 348 Cladonia berghsonii

Bersama, 461 phorophyte

Betula, 171 phorophyte; glandulosa,

127

Brazzea longipedicellata, 461 phoro-

phyte

Brésil, 323 écologie et phytogéogra»

phie des lichens foliicoles de Rio

Grande do Sul

Buellia elegans, 127; epigaea, 127

Burundi, 461 Contribution à l'étude

.des lichens du Kivu (Zaïre), du

Rwanda et du Burundi VI. Les genres

Coccarpia Pers. et Lobaria (Schreb.)

Hof fm.

Byssoloma leucoblepharum, 323; subdis-

cordans, 323

Calamagrostis canadensis, 127; purpu-

rascens, 127

Calluna, 349

Caloplaca tominii, 127

Calypso bulbosa, 127

Campanula aurita, 127

Carapa, 461

Carex concinna, 127; dioica, 127; fi-

lifolia, 127; glacialis, 127; petri-

cosa, 127; scirpoides, 127

Carex filifolia, 127 assoc. à

Carissa edulis, 461 phorophyte

Cassipourea, 461 phorophyte

Catillaria bouteillei, 323, semecarpi,

323

Cetraria cucullata, 127; islandica,

127 laevigata, 127; nivalis, 127;

tilesii, 127

Cetrarietum tilesii, 127

Cetrarion, 127; nivalis, 127

Chamaedaphne calyculata, 127

Chroodiscus coccineus, 323 Rio Grande

do Sul

CIFUENTES B., voir VICENTE C. and CIFU-

ENTES B., 213

Cladonia subgen. Cladina, 127; sect.

Cocciferae, 349; acuminata, 127; a-

maurocraea, 127; arbuscula, 127, ssp.

beeringiana, 127; bacillaria, 349;

herghsonit ep. nov., 349; cariosa,

127; cenotea, 127; chlorophaea, 127;

coccifera, 127; cornuta, 127; defor-

mis, 127; ecmocyna, 127; fimbriata,

127; floerkeana, 349, f. intermedia,

3493 gracilis ssp. elongata, 127,

var. dilatata, 127; incrassata, 349;

mitis, 127; multiformis, 127; phyl-

lophora, 127; pocillum, 127; pyxida-

ta, 127; rangiferina, 127; stellaris,

127; sulphurina, 349; symphycarpa,

127; uncialis, 127; verticillata,

127

Cladonietosum arbusculae, 127

Cladonietum alpestris, 127; cenoteae,

127; еспосупае, 127; mitis, 127

Cladonion, 127; arbusculae, 127

Coccocarpia, 461 Contribution à l'étu-

de des lichens du Kivu (Zalre), du

Rwanda et du Burundi VI. Les genres

- Pers. et Lobaria (Schreb.) Hoffm.

azurella, 461; cronia, 461 syn.; e-

rythoxyli ("erythroxiTi"), 461; mo-

lybdea ("molybdina"), 461; palmicola,

461; parmelioides, 461 syn.; pellita,

461, var. semiincisa, 461; virides-

cens, 461

Cocos nucifera, 461 phorophyte

Collema coccophorum, 127

Combretum, 461

Conopharyngia, 461 phorophyte

Contribution à l'étude des lichens du

Kivu (Zaire), du Rwanda et du Burun-

di VI. Les genres Coccocarpia Pers.

et Lobaria (Schreb.) Hoffm. ‚461

Cornicularia aculeata, 127; divergens,

127

Cornus canadensis, 127

Cyathicula coronata, 253

Dactylina arctica, 127; ramulosa, 127

Dermatocarpon hepaticum, 127

Dimerella epiphylla, 323

Disconycètes, 253

Dryadetalia integrifoliae, 127

Dryas integrifolia, 1

Ecologie, 127 synusies épigées dans le

Yukon Territory; 323 lichens foliico-

les du Rio Grande do Su1; 461 Coccocar-

pia et Lobaria du Kivu,Rwanda ‚Burundi

Enpetrum nigrum, 127

Entada, 461

Entandrophragma, 461

Epibryetalia, 127

Epigaeous lichen synusiae in the Yukon

Territory, 127

tpigaetea, 127

Epilobium angustifolium, 127

Epipetretea, 127

Epiphytetea, 127

Epixiletalia, 127

Equisetum scirpoides, 127

Erigeron caespitosus, 127

Eriophorum vaginatum, 127

Erythroxylon squamatus, 461 phorophyte

Etudes ontogéniques chez le Porina bys-

sophila (Pyrénolichens) II - Les pé-

rithéces, 253

Eucalyptus, 461 phorophyte

Eugenia sp., 323

Festuca altaica, 127

Ficalhoa laurifolia, 461 phorophyte

Floristique, 127 Lichens épigés du

Yukon Territory; 323 lichens folii-

coles du Rio Grande do Sul; 461 Coc-

carpia et Lobaria au Kivu, Rwanda et

Burundi

Fulgensia bracteata, 127

Source : MNHN. Paris

500

Fulgensto - caloplacetun tominii nova,

Gentiana propinqua, 127

Geocaulon lividum, 127

Growth rates of Xanthoria parietina

and their relationship to substra-

te texture, 171

Gyalectidium filicinum, 323; rotuli-

forme, 323

Hierochloe alpina, 127

Hollande, 349 Cladonia berghsonii

Hypno - Abietinello - Piceetum glaucae,

127

Icmadophila ericetorum, 127

JANEX-FAVRE M.C. - Etudes ontogéniques

chez le Porina byssophila (Pyrénoli-

chens). II - Les périthéces, 253

Juniperus horizontalis, 127

Kivu (Zaïre), 461 Contribution à 1'étu-

de des lichens du Kivu (Zaïre), du

Rwanda et du Burundi VI. Les genres

Coccocarpia Pers. et Lobaria

(Schreb.) Hoffm.

Klainedoxa, 461 phorophyte

LAWY D. - Bibliographie lichénologi-

que, 119, 247, 372, 483

Lecanora lentigera, 127

Lecidea erythroxyli, 461 bas.; palmi-

cola, 461 bas.

Ledum decumbens, 127; palustre, 127

Leptogium saturninum, 127

Leucosidea, 461 phorophyte

Lichen (sect. ?) Lobaria, 461 syn.;

pulmonarius, 461 bas.; retiger, 461

bas.

Limnaea borealis ssp. americana, 127

Linum perenne, 127

Lobaria, 461 Contribution à l'étude

des lichens du Kivu (Zaïre), du

Rwanda et du Burundi VI. Les genres

Coccocarpia Pers. et ~ (Schreb.)

Hoffm.; africana, 461 syn.; linita,

127; meridionalis, 461; natalensis;

461 syn.; pulmonaria, 181, 461, var.

meridionalis, 461; retigera, 461;

sublaevis, 461 Afrique continentale

Lopadium foliicola, 323; fuscum, 323;

puiggarii, 323

Luzula parviflora, 127

Lycopodium annotinum, 127

Macaranga, 461 phorophyte; schwein-

furthii, 461

Meesa lanceolata var. mildbraedii, 461 _

phorophyte

Martensia paniculata, 127

Masonhalea richardsonii, 127 ,

Mazosia melanophthalma, 323; phyllose-

ma, 323 Rio Grande do Sul; rotula,

323

Melandrium apetalum, 127

Mimulopsis arborescens, 461

Molinia, 349

INDEX

Moneses uniflora, 127

Morphologie, 349 Cladonia berghsonii

MOXHAM T.H. - Growth rates of Xantho-

ria parietina and their relationship

to substrate texture, 171

Neoboutonia, 461; macrocalyx, 461 pho-

rophyte

Nephroma arcticum, 127

(A) New lichen species, Cladonia bergh-

Sonii Asperges sp. nova (sect. Cocci-

ferae), 349

NIMIS P.L. - Epigaeous lichen synusiae

in the Yukon Territory, 127

Nuxia floribunda, 461 phorophyte

Opegrapha, 461

(Zur) Ökologie und Pflanzengeographie

blattbewohnender Flechten von Rio

Grande do Sul, 323

Onotgenie, 253 Etudes ontogéniques chez

le Porina byssophila (Pyrénolichens)

IT. Les périthèces

Oxytenanthera, 461 phorophyte; abyssi-

nica, 461

Parinari, 461 phorophyte; curatellifo-

lia, 461 phorophyte

Parmelia pellita, 461 bas.; wyomingica,

127

Pamelietum wyomingteas nova, 127

Parrya nudicaulis, 127

Pedicularis labradorica, 127

Peltigera aphthosa, 127; canina, 127;

leucophlebia, 127; rufescens, 127

Peltigero - Cladontetun еспогупае nova,

127

Penstemon gormanii, 127

Périthèces, 253 Etudes ontogéniques

chez le Porina byssophila (Pyréno-

Tichens) II. -

Permeability, 213 L-usnate and -

Petasites hyperboreus, 127

Philippia, 461

Physiologie, 213 L-usnate et perméabi-

lité

Phytogéographie, 323 lichens foliicoles

du Rio Grande do Sul; 461 Соссосаг-

pia et Lobaria du Kivu, du Rwanda et

du Burundi

Phlox sibirica, 127

Phyllobathelium epiphyllum, 323

Physconia muscigena, 127

Picea, 349; glauca, 127

Pinetum montanae cladinetosum, 127

;Pinus, 349; contorta, 127; engadinen-

sis, 127; mariana, 127; sp.,127

Populus tremuloides, 127

Porina, 253, 461; atrocoerulea, 323;

byssophila, 253 Etudes ontogéniques

chez le Porina byssophila (Pyréno-

lichens) II. Les périthéces; epiphyl-

Та, 323; fulvella, 323; leptosperma,

323; limbulata, 323; nitidula, 323;

octomera, 323; phyllogena, 323; ru-

Source : MNHN, Paris

INDEX 501

fula, 323; tetramera, 323; sp., 253

Potentilla hookeriana, 127

Proteus mirabilis, 213 modifications

de structures par L-usnate

Protium heptaphyllum, 323

Prunus africana, 461 phorophyte

Pseudomonas aeruginosa, 213; sp., 213

Psora decipiens, 127; rubiformis, 127

Pulsatilla patens, 127

Pyrénolichens, 253

Pyrenula, 253, 461; nitida, 253

Pyrola asarifolia, 127; secunda, 127

Raciborskiella janeirensis, 323 Rio

Grande do Sul

Rapanea, 461 phorophyte

Rhododendron lapponicum, 127

Ribes triste, 127

Ricasolia sublaevis, 461 bas.

Rio Grande do Sul, 323 Zur Okologie

und Pflanzengeographte blattbe-

wohnender Flechten von -

Rosa acicularis, 127

Rwanda, 461 Contribution à l'étude

des lichens du Kivu (Zaïre); du

- et du Burundi VI. Les genres Coc-

cocarpia Pers. et Lobaria (Schreb.)

Hoffm.

Salix glauca, 127; pulchra, 127; reti-

culata, 127

Saxifraga oppositifolia, 127; tricus-

pidata, 127; tricuspidata - ass., 127

Schefflera, 461 phorophyte; myriantha,

461 phorophyte S

SCHELL S. und WINKLER S. - Zur Okologie

und Pflanzengeographie blattbewohnen-

der Flechten von Rio Grande do Sul

(Südbrasilien), 323

Sclerotina sclerotiorum, 253

Selaginella selaginoides, 127

Senecio hyperborealis, 127

SERUSIAUX E. - Contribution à l'étude

des lichens du Kivu (Zatre), du

Rwanda et du Burundi VI. Les genres

Coccocarpia Pers. et Lobaria

(Schreb.) Hoffm., 461

Sociologie, 127 synusies épigées dans

Те Yukon Territory; 323 Tichens foli-

coles du Rio Grande do Sul

Solarina spongiosa, 127

Sporopodium xantholeucum, 323 Rio Gran-

de do Sul

Squamarina lentigera, 127

Stereocaulon alpinum, 127; glareosum.

127; paschale, 127: tomentosum, 127

Strigula complanata, 323; elegans var.

antillarum, 323 Rio Grande do Sul,

var. elegans, 323; nemathora var.

nemathora, 323, var. hypothelia, 323;

nitidula, 323; subtilissima, 323

Substrate texture, 171 Growth rates of

Xanthoria parietina and their rela-

tionship to -

Symphonia globulifera, 461 phorophyte

Syzygium, 461 phorophyte; cordatum,

461; parvifolium, 461 phorophyte;

rowlandii, 461

Tapellaria epiphylla, 323; molleri,323

Rio Grande do Sul; nana, 323

Tapiria guianensis, 323

Taxons nouveaux, 127, 349

Tessmannia, 461 phorophyte

Thamnolia subuliformis, 127

Thamnolietum vermicularis, 127

Thamnolio - cladonietum amaurocraeae ,

127

Tillandsia usnoides, 323

Toninia coeruleonigricans, 127

Toninion coeruleonigricantis, 127

Trebouxia, 349

Tricharia albostrigosa, 323 Rio Grande

do Sul; carnea, 323; vulgaris,323

Trichothelium annulatum, 323; epiphyl-

lum, 323

Цараса, 461 phorophyte

L-usnate and permeability, 213

Vaccinio - piceetalia, 127

Vaccinium vitis-idaea, 127, ssp. minus,

Verrucaria, 461

VICENTE C. and CIFUENTES B. - L-usnate

and permeability, 213

Vriesea, 323

WINKLER S. , voir SCHELL S. and WINKLER

5$., 323.

Xanthoria parietina, 171 Growth rates

of - and their relationship to

substrate texture

Yukon Territory, 127 Epigaeous lichen

synusiae in -

Zygadenus elegans, 127

Source : MNHN, Paris

* солена

dig

boa a: e

ipei EE re

TABLE DU TOME DEUX

ASPERGES M. — А new lichen species, Cladonia berghsonii Asperges sp. nova (Sect.

E 00 e Res Жу; MM d NU MEAS ANS. 349

FRAHM JP. — Ergänzungen zur Campylopus-Flora von Brasilien ....... DNE

GAMBARDELLA R., LIGRONE В. and CASTALDO В. — Ultrastructure of the sporo-

phyte foot in Phaeoceros. .

GIL ГА. y VARO J. — Estudio briosociologies de las comunidades reofilas de Sierra

Nevada (España) я . 423

GRIFFIN Ш D. — Spore ornamentation in Leiomela (Musc . 101

GRIFFIN Ш D. — El genero Sphagnum en los Andes de Colombia y Venezuela. Clave

para las especies frecuentes u ocasionales con notas ecologicas y taxonomicas

artramiaceae). .

HORTON Р.С. — The taxonomic status of Encalypta microstoma Bals. et De Not. and

E. ciliata var. microstoma Schimp. . ....... пы КАНА d At PONE

JANEX-FAVRE М.С. — Études ontogéniques chez le Porina byssophila (Pyrénolichens)

Il. - Les périthèces ........ Tm. ETC ЫЕ ACA ГӨ 253

KUMAR S.S. and VERMA S.K. — BE) observations on some west Himalayan

Mosses VI M US 2 б Оо 77

LEFORESTIER С. - Résistance à la sécheresse et Жын végétative chez

Fossombronia caespitiformis De Not. ........... A SE PERS

MANUEL М.С. — Synopsis of Rhizogoniaceae Broth. in Malaya... . . » Е: 449

МОХНАМ ТН. — Growth rates of Xanthoria ын and their relationship to

substrate texture . Se E кас em VT eot

NIMIS P.L. — Epigaeous lichen synusiae in the Yukon Territory . . ..... ocean

ODU E.A. — Reproductive phenology of some tropical african mosses .......... 91

OLARINMOYE 5.0. ex os and gemma development in Hyophila crenulata

C. Muell. ex Dus. . DIE EE AN qe E 457

PRIVITERA M. et LO GIUDICE R.— ber e muscinale della pos del bosco

di Malabotta (Peloritani) . m E B ИЕ

SCHELL S. und WINKLER S.— Zur Ökologie und hien ehe blattbewoh-

nender Flechten von Rio Grande do Sul (Südbrasilien) . . .. . . - К

SCHUMACKER R., LECOINTE A., TOUFFET J., DE ZUTTERE Ph., LECLERCQ L.

et FABRI В. — Hyocomium armoricum (Brid.) Wijk et Marg. en Belgique et dans le

nord-ouest de la France (Ardenne, ed Normandie) Etude chorologique,

écologique et phytosociologique . WA PME 277

SÉRUSIAUX Е. — Contribution à l'étude des lichens du Kivu (Zaïre), du Rwanda et

du Burundi VI. Les genres Coccocarpia Pers. et Lobaria (Schreb.) Нот... . . . . 461

Source : MNHN, Paris

TIXIER Р. — La notion d'espèce chez le genre Cololejeunea. Le complexe Cololejeunea

floccosa (Lehm. et Lindenb.) Schiffn. ................ sce NET

UDAR В. апа AWASTHI US. — A new species of Lejeunea from India.......... 345

VICENTE C. and CIFUENTES B. — L-usnate and permeability ...... se] en nn. 213

ZANDER В.Н. — Description and illustrations of Barbula, Pseudocrossidium and

Bryoerythrophyllum (p.p.) of Mexico ...... AW m EN AU “зек еб и

ZANDER Е.Н. — Didymodon (Pottiaceae) in Mexico and California : taxonomy and

nomenclature of discontinuous and nondiscontinuoustaxa . .............. 379

NOTES

DE SLOOVER J.L. — Octoblepharum erectifolium Mitt. ex Williams et Steereobryon

subulirostrum (Schimp. ex Besch.) G.L. Smith en Guadeloupe . . ++... Mone e PARA

DHIEN В. — Florule bryologique des rochers bathoniens . . .......... a 233

Lnformationsr ДИЛ E E E 126, 359, 473

Bibliographie bryologique . ++...

Bibliographie lichénologique. . . .

LOC SERRE i

ses... 107, 235, 360, 474

+ 119, 247, 372, 483

„Commission paritaire 15-12-1981 № 58611.

Dépôt légal n° 11124 - Imprimerie de Montligeon

Sorti des presses le 20 décembre 1981,

Source : MNHN. Paris

COLLOQUE INTERNATIONAL

du CNRS № 258

ÉCHANGES IONIQUES TRANSMEMBRANAIRES

CHEZ LES VÉGÉTAUX

TRANSMEMBRANE IONIC EXCHANGES IN PLANTS

org. : G. Ducet, В. Heller, M. Thellier

Universités de Rouen et Paris VII - 5-11 juillet 1976

@ analyse des modèles théoriques @ recherche des couplages métaboliques ou autres

® études électrophysiologiques @ cas particulier des transferts d'anions et de molécules

organiques @ localisation d'ions et aspects structuraux et moléculaires @ intervention

d'échanges ioniques dans les régulations intercellulaires

kinetic and thermodynamic considerations, model systems

metabolic and other couplings, ATPases

particular features of anionic transfers

electrophysiology of the ionic transfer

absorption of organic molécules

localization, molecular and structural aspect of the transfers

interference of the transmembrane transfers in other processes than absorption

ion exchanges in cell organites

(69 communications dont 64 en anglais et 5 en français)

21х29, 7 - 608 pages - broché 180 Е

286 fig. - 89 tabl. - 30 phot.

ISBN 2-222-02021-2

(co-édition CNRS-Université de Rouen)

ditions du CNRS

5 quai Anatole France. 75700 Paris

CCP Paris 9061-11 - Tél. 555.92.25

chez son libraire

à défaut aux Éditions du CNRS (chèque joint) 8

profession et demande votre documentation

О Sciences humaines

adresse. О Sciences exactes et naturelles

O Trésor de la langue Francaise

achète le

Source : MNHN, Paris

18 JAN. 196€

2 1 JAN. 1982

SOMMAIRE

R.H. ZANDER. — Didymodon (Pottiaceae) in Mexico and California :

Taxonomy and nomenclature of discontinuous and nondiscontinuous

ou Der M TIN RE TP 379

J.A. GIL & J. VARO. — Estudio Briosociologico de las comunidades

reofilas de Sierra Nevada (España) ........... Е a: 423

J.P. FRAHM. — Ergänzungen zur Campylopus-Flora von Brasilien ..... 441

М.С. MANUEL. — Synopsis of Rhizogoniaceae Broth. in Malaya...... 449

S.O. OLARINMOYE. — Regeneration and gemma development in

Hyophila crenulata C. Muell. ех Dus........................ 457

E. SÉRUSIAUX. - Contribution à l'étude des lichens du Kivu (Zaire),

du Rwanda et du Burundi VI. Les genres Coccocarpia Pers. et Lobaria

icit iei LANE Та AR кзн 461

NOTE

J.L. DE SLOOVER. — Octoblepharum erectifolium Mitt. ex Williams

et Stereobryon subulirostrum (Schimp. ex Besch.) G.L. Smith en

Guadeloupe . 47

INFORMATIONS . . . 473

BIBLIOGRAPHIE BRYOLOGIQUE 474

BIBLIOGRAPHIE LICHÉNOLOGIQUE . 483

MEX о ees E (uses DERE US 491

Source MNHN. Pari: